TW507029B - Stretch break method and product - Google Patents

Stretch break method and product Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW507029B
TW507029B TW089111604A TW89111604A TW507029B TW 507029 B TW507029 B TW 507029B TW 089111604 A TW089111604 A TW 089111604A TW 89111604 A TW89111604 A TW 89111604A TW 507029 B TW507029 B TW 507029B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
fiber
filaments
filament
yarn
zone
Prior art date
Application number
TW089111604A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Joseph Anthony Perrotto
Peter Popper
Glen E Simmonds
Albert S Tam
David Carlton Visser
Original Assignee
Du Pont
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Du Pont filed Critical Du Pont
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW507029B publication Critical patent/TW507029B/en

Links

Classifications

    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D01—NATURAL OR MAN-MADE THREADS OR FIBRES; SPINNING
    • D01G—PRELIMINARY TREATMENT OF FIBRES, e.g. FOR SPINNING
    • D01G1/00—Severing continuous filaments or long fibres, e.g. stapling
    • D01G1/06—Converting tows to slivers or yarns, e.g. in direct spinning
    • D01G1/08—Converting tows to slivers or yarns, e.g. in direct spinning by stretching or abrading

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Yarns And Mechanical Finishing Of Yarns Or Ropes (AREA)
  • Preliminary Treatment Of Fibers (AREA)
  • Spinning Methods And Devices For Manufacturing Artificial Fibers (AREA)
  • Spinning Or Twisting Of Yarns (AREA)

Abstract

A method for stretch breaking fibers to produce a staple yarn and operating a staple fiber spinning machine that enables the production of a plurality of products of lot size smaller than a large denier tow product. The process includes at least two break zones and a consolidation zone downstream from a second break zone to from a staple yarn. The filaments are broken in a second break zone downstream from the first break zone by increasing the speed of the fiber fed into the process.

Description

A7 BT- 五、發明説明（1 ) 本發明係聲明1999年6月Η日提出之60/139,〇96號"拉 伸斷裂方法及其產物"暫時申請案之優先權。 發明領域 本發明大致係關於一纖維轉變及抽絲製程，較特別的是 關於拉伸斷裂連續性長絲纖維以製成非連續性長絲纖維及 結合此纖維成紗線之方法。 背景 人造之定長短纖維紡紗以往皆由裁切連續性長絲成定長 短纖維而製成，再以相同於棉或羊毛纖維之方式組合成個 別、’y線。一較簡易之直接抽絲製程亦可使用，其中平行之 連續性長絲係在輸入輥與輸送輥之間拉伸-斷裂及拉引，其 有時稱為一拉伸-斷裂區或一拉引裁切區，以製成一非連續 性纖維銀，隨後拈絲以製成一紡紗，如New之2,721，440號 或Preston之2,784,458號美國專利所示。諸此早期之製程會 因為一實際拈絲裝置之速度限制而較緩慢，針對實際枯 絲，Bunting等人之3，11〇，151號美國專利揭露結合定長短纖 維以製成一紗線產物，其係使用一纏結、或交織之噴射裝 置以纏結成紗線，此一產物可製造較快於實際拈絲，但是 在強度、你淨度、及勻度上卻無法與習知纺紗相比。另， Adams等人之4,080,778號美國專利揭露一製程，可加熱及 拉伸1500-5000丹尼之非連續性纖維絲束，隨後在單—區域 内拉引且以高速通過一有孔之拉引輥與一吸引器，以利保 持流體及纖維共同通過輥之夾縫。非連續性且未結合之長 絲隨後在Bunting案中之一纏結式噴射口内結合，以製成一 -4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 丨 __ B7— .__ 五、發明説明（2 ) 5 0-300丹尼之紗線。靜電荷係在拉伸-斷裂及拉引區内去 除，以減少放射，靜電荷去除裝置亦鄰置於將長絲送入製 程内之輥對。在拉伸-斷裂區内生產之大約1.5 - 2 0 %非連續 性長絲長度超過7 6厘米，紗線之軸線需在製程中呈垂直方 向，生成之產物為一具有優異強度之結合紗線，且強度高 於無搓捻及潔淨之環形紡紗。 多拉伸-斷裂區係揭露於Gilhaus之4,924,556號美國專利 中，用於逐漸減少大丹尼絲束產物之非連續性長絲長度， 大丹尼絲束產物係藉由組合多數低重量絲束於張力導引桿 與導引構件上而成。依此，小於4 · 5之扭曲度可利用低重量 進給絲束而運作，且生產量依然很高，組合之絲束係在一 水平高度處之一扭曲及加熱區内（區域I)拉伸而不斷裂，隨 後依序通過水平之另一高度處一或多個逐漸變短之拉伸-斷 裂區（區域11 - V )，以節省地板空間。拉伸-斷裂區可包含一 或多個”預備”斷裂區，用於逐漸縮短纖維，及一或多個斷 裂區，用於設定平均纖維長度及設定纖維長度之變化率 (% CV)，生成之銀可在一纏繞機構中處理，及在一罐體中 做熱處理與集收，可以預期的是銀可進一步處理，例如在 一抽絲機中，以製成小丹尼之紗線。製程可在拉伸及斷裂 區中之一寬度大於270毫米之帶内處理每長絲3 ·〇丹尼之進 給絲束及110,000-220，000丹尼。在圖1所示之範例中，一 第一預備斷裂區II係至少長500毫米，由此區生成之長絲長 度具有數毫米與區II長度之間之纖維長度之”近乎常態分佈 π ’區II長度為可減低斷裂力之一較長長度與可避免織毛斷 __-5j_ I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)~" ----— — A7 B7— 五、發明説明（3 ) 裂且改善操作條件之一較短長度間之理想值。一第二預備 斷裂區ΙΠ係至少長2〇〇毫米且小於1〇〇〇毫米，其，，顯著短於 '’區11。隨後為一第一斷裂區IV，用於設定平均斷裂長度且 較短於區III ;及一第二斷裂區V，可過量去除長纖維、設 定斷裂長度中之變化率（其特徵為。/❶CV)、及較短於區IV。 在區V中’ ”斷裂扭曲度"（據信為速度比）係至少為區IV者 之2X倍。 用於自一纖維絲束製成一色帶狀紗線之一水平方向線上 製程係由Minorikawa之4,667,463號美國專利揭述，該製程 係關於在一窄長區域中拉伸絲束通過一加熱器、拉引裁切 絲束、及將拉引裁切纖維進行一修正拉引裁切步驟與一紗 線生成步驟。修正拉引裁切步驟中之區域長度大約0.4至 〇·9倍於拉引裁切區長度，且修正拉引裁切之拉伸比係至少 2·5Χ，拉伸最好發生於二階段，以利取得9〇_99%最大拉 伸比’且拉伸之纖維進行熱處理。紗線生成步驟使用一喷 射系統以結合纖維，其係藉由產生纏繞纖維於纖維芯體周 側，並且將之纏繞於芯體纖維周側。偶有使用圍罩帶於修 正拉引裁切區及紗線生成區中，以調節周邊之纖維。該產 物說明於Minorikawa多人之4,356,690號美國專利中，其特 徵在紗線中大約1 5 %以上之長絲具有一長絲長度小於〇.5倍 紗線平均長絲長度，且紗線中大約丨5 %以上之長絲具有一 長絲長度大於1.5倍紗線平均長絲長度。在揭示之範例中， 製造174至532丹尼（30.5至10支棉）紗線之製程最大輸出速 度為200米/分鐘（範例6),且大部分範例皆以大約1〇〇米/分 本纸張尺度適财g目家鮮(⑽）A4規格(21GX297公⑻---------- 507029 A7A7 BT- V. Description of the Invention (1) The present invention declares the priority of the provisional application No. 60/139, 〇96 " tensile fracture method and its products " FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates generally to a fiber conversion and spinning process, and more particularly to a method for stretching and breaking continuous filament fibers to make discontinuous filament fibers and combining the fibers into a yarn. Background In the past, artificial fixed-length and short-fiber spinning was made by cutting continuous filaments into fixed-length short fibers, and then combined into individual, 'y threads in the same manner as cotton or wool fibers. A simpler direct wire drawing process can also be used, in which parallel continuous filaments are stretched-broken and drawn between the input roller and the conveying roller, which is sometimes referred to as a stretch-broken zone or a pull The cutting area is drawn to make a discontinuous fiber silver, and then reeled to make a spun yarn, as shown in US Patent No. 2,721,440 or Preston No. 2,784,458. These early processes will be slower due to the speed limitation of an actual reeling device. For actual dry silk, Bunting et al. US Patent No. 3,11,151 discloses the combination of staple fibers to make a yarn product. It uses a tangled or interlaced jet device to tangle into yarn. This product can be made faster than actual reeling, but it cannot match the conventional spinning in strength, clarity, and uniformity. ratio. In addition, U.S. Patent No. 4,080,778 to Adams et al. Discloses a process that can heat and stretch a discontinuous fiber tow of 1500-5000 denier, then draw in a single zone and pass through a perforated wire at high speed The roller and an attractor are used to keep the fluid and fibers through the gap between the rollers. The discontinuous and unbonded filaments were then combined in one of the entangled jets in the Bunting case to make a -4-this paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 丨 __ B7— .__ V. Description of the invention (2) 5 0-300 denier yarn. The electrostatic charge is removed in the stretch-fracture and pull zones to reduce radiation. The electrostatic charge removal device is also located next to the roller pair that feeds the filaments into the process. Approximately 1.5-20% of discontinuous filaments produced in the stretch-fracture zone are longer than 76 cm. The axis of the yarn needs to be vertical in the process. The resulting product is a bonded yarn with excellent strength. , And the strength is higher than the untwisted and clean ring spinning. The multi-stretch-fracture zone is disclosed in Gilhaus US Patent No. 4,924,556, which is used to gradually reduce the discontinuous filament length of the large denier tow product. The large denier tow product is composed by combining most low-weight tows It is formed on the tension guide rod and the guide member. According to this, the twist degree less than 4 · 5 can be operated with low-weight feed tow, and the production volume is still very high. The combined tow is tied to one of the horizontal and twisted zones (zone I). Extend without breaking, then sequentially pass one or more gradually shortening stretch-fracture zones (zone 11-V) at another level of the level to save floor space. The stretch-fracture zone may include one or more "prepared" fracture zones for gradually shortening the fiber, and one or more fracture zones for setting the average fiber length and the rate of change (% CV) of the fiber length to generate The silver can be processed in a winding mechanism, and heat treated and collected in a tank. It is expected that the silver can be further processed, such as in a spinning machine, to make a small denim yarn. The process can process a feed tow of 3 · 0 denier per filament and 110,000 to 220,000 denier in a belt with a width greater than 270 mm in one of the drawing and breaking zones. In the example shown in FIG. 1, a first pre-fracture zone II is at least 500 mm long, and the filaments generated from this zone have a "nearly normal distribution π 'zone with a filament length between a few millimeters and the length of zone II. II length is one of the longer lengths that can reduce the breaking force and avoid the weaving. __- 5j_ I The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ " -------- A7 B7— 5. Description of the invention (3) The ideal value between one of the shorter lengths of cracking and improving the operating conditions. A second preliminary fracture zone III is at least 200 mm in length and less than 1000 mm, which is significantly shorter than '' Zone 11. Then a first fracture zone IV is used to set the average fracture length and is shorter than zone III; and a second fracture zone V can remove excess fibers and set the rate of change in fracture length (which The characteristics are: / ❶CV), and shorter than zone IV. In zone V, the "torque of fracture" (believed to be a speed ratio) is at least 2X times that of zone IV. One horizontal line process for making a ribbon yarn from a fiber tow is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,667,463 by Minorikawa. The process involves drawing a tow through a heater in a narrow and long area, The drawing and cutting tow, and the drawing and cutting fiber are subjected to a correction drawing and cutting step and a yarn generating step. The length of the area in the modified pull-cut step is about 0.4 to 0.9 times longer than the length of the pull-cut area, and the stretch ratio of the modified pull-cut is at least 2.5 ×. The stretch preferably occurs in the second stage. In order to obtain a maximum draw ratio of 90-99%, and the drawn fiber is heat-treated. The yarn generation step uses a spraying system to bind the fibers by generating entangled fibers around the fiber core and winding them around the core fiber. Occasionally, a shroud belt is used in the trimming and cutting area and the yarn generating area to adjust the surrounding fibers. This product is described in Minorikawa U.S. Patent No. 4,356,690. It is characterized in that about 15% of the filaments in the yarn have a filament length less than 0.5 times the average filament length of the yarn, and丨 More than 5% of the filaments have a filament length greater than 1.5 times the average filament length of the yarn. In the disclosed example, the maximum output speed of the process for manufacturing 174 to 532 denier (30.5 to 10 cotton) yarns is 200 meters / minute (Example 6), and most of the examples are at about 100 meters / minute Paper scale suitable wealth g fresh produce (鲜) A4 specification (21GX297 male ⑻ ------------ 507029 A7

五、發明説明（4 ) 鐘運作。 由Adams多人生產之產物問題在於單一拉伸-斷裂區内生 產之非連續性長絲中有1 ·5 - 2 0 %者長度超過7 6厘米，此造 成進一步處理上之問題（主要為輥纏繞），特別是若選擇一 非垂直方向之製程時。另一問題為Adams產物中之較長長 絲，其限制了可伸出紗線及可提供舒適觸感與觀感以做織 物用之長絲末端量。 在Gilhaus之水平方向例子中，其僅易於施加以處理大絲 束，即大量長絲有助於非連續性長絲之間之良好束内摩 擦’使得成束之整體性可在製程内保持且無困難。在 Adams之例子中，未結合之非連續性紗線中之小量長絲提 供極小之摩擦内聚力，據信應利用垂直方向以在結合強化 紗線之前因重力而消除紗線上之側向力。5. Description of the invention (4) Clock operation. The problem with products produced by multiple people at Adams is that 1.5 to 20% of the discontinuous filaments produced in a single stretch-fracture zone are longer than 76 cm, which causes further processing problems (mainly rollers). Wrapping), especially if a non-vertical process is selected. Another problem is the longer filaments in the Adams product, which limits the amount of filament ends that can extend the yarn and provide a comfortable feel and look for fabrics. In the horizontal example of Gilhaus, it is only easy to apply to handle large tows, that is, a large number of filaments contribute to good intra-bundle friction between discontinuous filaments, so that the integrity of the bundle is maintained within the process and No difficulty. In the example of Adams, the small amount of filaments in the unbonded discontinuous yarn provides minimal frictional cohesion and it is believed that the vertical direction should be used to eliminate lateral forces on the yarn due to gravity before the reinforcing yarn is bonded.

Adams提出在一區内完成所有拉伸斷裂，及在同一區内 完成任一拉引，但是此一多用途區難以或無法使最終紗線 變數做獨立之最佳化。Adams proposed to complete all tensile breaks in one zone and complete any pull in the same zone, but this multi-purpose zone is difficult or impossible to independently optimize the final yarn variables.

Minodkawa多人之問題在於利用圍罩帶控制非連續性長 絲，缺乏控制及圍罩帶之使用皆可能限制製程之速度，其 範例中之速度200米/分鐘對於單線低丹尼紗線之一般生產 而言則太慢。 因此需要一改良之製程用於生產一拉伸-斷裂紗線，其中 操作變數可做獨立之最佳化，製程不限於以垂直方向操 作，及分離於長絲束、纏繞於處理設備之過長長絲將不存 在，且限制紗線中之長絲末端數。另需要一製程可穩固地 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 五、發明説明（5 ) 操作及以250米/分鐘以上之高速操作，直接自絲束經濟地 生產紗線。 發明概述 申凊人已發展出一種製程，可生產一小丹尼之非連績性 長絲紗線，具有長絲長度小於大約6 4厘米（2 5吋），可自連 續性長絲進給紗線生成每吋高數量之長絲末端。該製程以 一般個別紗線之生產速率操作，生產速率大幅超過以往每 吋具有高數量長絲末端之環形定長短紡紗者，製程容許以 垂直或水平方向操作且不犧牲其運作性，製程適用於多種 連續性長絲紗線聚合物及混合不同之連續性長絲紗線。在 較佳實施例中，製程使用至少二斷裂區以在最終紗線產物 中取得較佳之長絲長度，紗線具有一平均長絲長度大於6〇 吋，且第一斷裂區之速度比〇1及第二斷裂區之速度比〇2應 至少為2.0。此外，第二斷裂區長度L2與第一斷裂區長度 L1間之關係式L2/L1考慮在〇·2至〇·6之範圍内，以利取得 所要求之整體長絲長度、長度分佈、及良好之系統操作 性：在斷裂區之後，一結合區用於結合紗線中之非連續性 長絲，並且利用多種裝置之任一者將之交纏，以取得紗線 《整體性。製程包括對系統之改良，而具有一或多拉伸 裂區。 該製程之一特性係依據其在拉伸-斷裂及拉引製程中配置 一些”雙重抓持"之長絲，雙重抓持之長絲係相當長而足以 跨過各拉伸-斷裂及拉引區之二輥組間之距離，雙重抓持之 長絲可對其它長絲提供一些支承，使得各區中有良好之長 本紙張尺奴財關家蘇^TX^_(21Q X 29;1釐> 507029 A7 B7-The problem with many people in Minodkawa is that the use of hood belts to control discontinuous filaments. The lack of control and the use of hood belts may limit the speed of the process. The speed of 200 m / min in the example is common for single-line low-denier yarns. Too slow for production. Therefore, an improved process is needed for producing a stretch-broken yarn, in which the operating variables can be independently optimized. The process is not limited to operating in the vertical direction, and it is separated from the filament tow and wrapped around the processing equipment. Filaments will not be present and limit the number of filament ends in the yarn. Another process is needed to stabilize the paper size. This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) A7 V. Description of the invention (5) Operation and high-speed operation above 250 m / min. Production of yarn. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Shen Jianren has developed a process that can produce a non-continuous filament yarn with a small denier, with a filament length less than about 64 cm (25 inches), and can be fed from continuous filament The yarn produces a high number of filament ends per inch. This process operates at the production rate of individual yarns. The production rate is much faster than those of conventional fixed-length short-spun yarns with a high number of filament ends per inch. The process allows vertical or horizontal operation without sacrificing its operability. The process is applicable In a variety of continuous filament yarn polymers and mixed different continuous filament yarns. In a preferred embodiment, the process uses at least two break zones to obtain a better filament length in the final yarn product. The yarn has an average filament length greater than 60 inches, and the speed ratio of the first break zone is 0.1. And the speed ratio θ2 of the second fracture zone should be at least 2.0. In addition, the relationship L2 / L1 between the length of the second fracture zone L2 and the length of the first fracture zone L1 is considered to be in the range of 0.2 to 0.6 in order to obtain the required overall filament length, length distribution, and Good system operability: After the breaking zone, a bonding zone is used to combine the discontinuous filaments in the yarn and entangle it with any of a variety of devices to obtain the yarn "integrity." The process includes modifications to the system with one or more stretch cracks. One of the characteristics of this process is based on the configuration of some "double grip" filaments in the stretch-break and draw process. The dual-grip filaments are quite long enough to cross each stretch-break and pull The distance between the two roller groups in the lead-in area, and the double gripped filaments can provide some support for other filaments, so that there is a good long paper rule in each area. 1% > 507029 A7 B7-

五、發明説明 絲束内聚力，有助於運作性，特別是當製造具有少數長絲 之低丹尼紗線時。若使用低速度比於斷裂區内，攄。 生成較長之長絲以做為雙重抓持之長絲，但是此需^多= 裂區以取得一高總速度比，而改善生產率。其亦造成減小 長絲長度之較多區，以製成具有大量長絲末端之紗線，突 出之長絲末端相馆可給予紗線一較佳觸感或”手”感。申1 人已發現一較佳之操作製程，以利於當製造具有較短纖維 足小丹尼紗線時司有理想之機器運作性，以改善每吋之長 ，末端。為了改善生產率，製程之總速度比需保持在較 高，且速度比之增大需由至少二斷裂區平分及同時加大^ 作性，其需在各區中保持雙重抓持長絲之一特定最』友 例。申請人已發現，欲生產一要求之產物時，則特 程變數需謹慎控制，第一斷裂區之速度&DU2 〇及第二 裂區之速度比D222.0等關係式最好亦應滿足以下之等式 (D2-1)/(D1.1)>0.15 較佳為關係式應滿足以下之等式： (D2-1)/(D1-1)H5，且幺2.5 在另-較佳實施例中’第二區之長度亦拘限為 於第一區長度之0.4倍。 守 在另一較佳實施例中，一分離區主要提供用於拉引已斷V. Description of the invention Tow cohesion contributes to operability, especially when manufacturing low denier yarns with few filaments. If a low speed ratio is used in the fault zone, 摅. Longer filaments are generated for dual-grip filaments, but this requires more = split zones to achieve a high overall speed ratio and improve productivity. It also results in reducing many areas of filament length to make a yarn with a large number of filament ends, and the protruding filament ends can give the yarn a better feel or "hand" feel. Shen 1 has found a better operation process to facilitate the ideal machine operability when manufacturing small denier yarns with short fibers to improve the length and end of each inch. In order to improve productivity, the overall speed ratio of the process needs to be kept high, and the increase of the speed ratio needs to be divided equally by at least two fracture zones and at the same time increase the workability, which needs to maintain one of the dual grip filaments in each zone Specific best friend. The applicant has found that when a desired product is to be produced, the special process variables need to be carefully controlled. The relationship between the speed of the first fracture zone & DU2 0 and the speed ratio of the second fracture zone D222.0 should also be satisfied. The following equation (D2-1) / (D1.1) > 0.15 is preferably the relation should satisfy the following equation: (D2-1) / (D1-1) H5, and 幺 2.5 In the preferred embodiment, the length of the second region is also limited to 0.4 times the length of the first region. In another preferred embodiment, a separation zone is mainly provided for pulling broken

^07029 A7 BT~ 五、發明説明（7 ) 裂之長絲，而不進一步斷裂。 在又一較佳實施例中，一拉伸區亦用於拉伸纖維，而不 在斷裂區前方之一拉伸區内斷裂長絲，且可在有或無加熱 情況下拉伸。此外，當需要加熱纖維及控制產物特性如收 縮性時，則可採用一退火區，一退火區通常即拉伸區之一 部分’但是亦可在製程中之多個位置施加。 製程藉由提供機會以前所未見之方式進送多種纖維而製 成新穎之產物，以製成廣範圍之拉伸斷裂紗線，例如，藉 由製程中採用多種不同區域，其它纖維可在製程中之不同 位置進給，以利取得罕見且新穎之結果，此產物通常為利 用在斷裂與拉引區下游處以及一或多結合區上游處之一位 置進給連續性長絲紗線。其他產物採用聚合材料，具有未 冒用於一拉伸斷裂製程中之性質，特別是用在申請人之獨 特操作製程中，此產物包括以下所示者： -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長度分 佈’其特徵為5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於 1.5avg 〇 -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之一平均長度大於6吋，及纖維包括連續性長絲以沿著紗 線長度交纏於非連續性長絲，連續性長絲具有小於1〇%之 斷裂伸長量。 ____-10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029^ 07029 A7 BT ~ V. Description of the invention (7) The broken filaments are not broken further. In yet another preferred embodiment, a stretching zone is also used to stretch the fibers without breaking the filaments in a stretching zone in front of the breaking zone, and can be drawn with or without heating. In addition, when it is necessary to heat the fiber and control the product characteristics such as shrinkage, an annealing zone can be used. An annealing zone is usually a part of the stretching zone ', but it can also be applied at multiple locations in the process. The process produces novel products by feeding multiple fibers in a way never before seen, making a wide range of stretch-broken yarns. For example, by using multiple different regions in the process, other fibers can be processed in the process. In order to obtain rare and novel results, this product is usually used to feed continuous filament yarns at a position downstream of the break and pull zone and upstream of one or more bonding zones. Other products are made of polymeric materials and have the properties of not being used in a tensile fracture process, especially in the applicant's unique operating process. This product includes the following:-A yarn contains discontinuities of different lengths The combined man-made fibers of filaments 'filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn, where the average length avg of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, and the fibers have a filament length distribution' which is characterized by 5 % To less than 15% of the filaments have a length greater than 1.5 avg 〇- a yarn containing discontinuous filaments of different lengths combined rayon 'filaments are entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn, One of the filaments has an average length greater than 6 inches, and the fibers include continuous filaments to intertwine with discontinuous filaments along the length of the yarn, and the continuous filaments have an elongation at break of less than 10%. ____- 10- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029

--種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度其中長 絲之-平均長度大於64，及其中纖維包括連續性長絲以沿 著紗線長度交纏於非連續性長絲，連續性長絲包含彈性長 絲，具有一大於大約100%之斷裂伸長量，及一在5〇%伸展 量時至少3 0 %之彈性恢復量。 -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之一平均長度大於6吋，及紗線中至少1%非連續性長絲 丹尼包含一具有0.1以下長絲對長絲摩擦係數之纖維。低摩 擦之成分較佳為一氟聚合物。 -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之一平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長度， 即5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於15&%，及紗線中 至少1 %非連續性長絲具有一長絲截面，該截面具有一寬度 及複數厚部分，且厚部分係由長絲寬度以内之薄部分連 接’及非連續性長絲末端處之薄部分係切割以令厚部分相 隔至少大約三個長絲寬度，藉此製成分又端於長絲上。 -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之一平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長度分 佈，即5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於15&%，及紗 線中之纖維包含具有視覺性差異且可由肉眼偵測出之二纖 _ 11 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 507029 A7 ____BT- 五、發明説明（9 ) 維°差異較佳為色差、在中性色以外具有亮度大於9 〇 %之 纖維顏色、及具有一至少2 〇 CIELAB單位色差之纖維顏 色’亮度及色差係依據ASTM委員會E12之標準E-284測 量，以製成一多色紗線。 -一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中長 絲之一平均長度大於6吋，及紗線中至少！ ％非連續性長絲 丹尼包含一纖維具有3 〇 %以上潛在彈性之長絲。紗線纖維 較佳為一雙成分紗線，包含一 2GT聚酯之第一成分及一 3GT聚酯之第二成分。 同時亦揭露製成某些產物之不同製程，其他製程亦揭露 用於將一習知定長短抽絲機轉變成一製成進給紗線以供於 一拉伸斷裂式機器之機器。製程係相關於抽絲機操作之管 理’其在一抽絲位置抽絲至少5〇〇條纖維，以利同時製成具 有大約20至200磅個別批量之複數產物，且收集至一容器 内’該批量小於一批單一大丹尼絲束產物；及提供至少一 抽絲位置以一裝置，用於自至少一抽絲位置集收絲束至一 製成低丹尼絲束產物之容器内。 對於習知拉伸斷裂製程之多項改良係揭露於下，包括： -在斷裂區内及鄰近之出口夾捏輥處聚攏鬆散長絲末端及 將其導引向纖維芯體，使得在芯體周側所有方向中之#t散 末端皆拘限於相距芯體中心呈一距離以内，該距離不大於 芯體中心至斷裂區出口輥各端之距離，以減少鬆散末端缠 繞於出口夾捏輥上。 _ ._-12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029--A kind of yarn containing combined man-made fibers of discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn. The average length of the filaments is greater than 64, and the fibers include continuous fibers. The filaments are intertwined with the discontinuous filaments along the length of the yarn. The continuous filaments comprise elastic filaments, having an elongation at break greater than about 100%, and at least 30 at an elongation of 50%. % Elastic recovery. -A type of yarn composed of discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the yarn's bond. One of the filaments has an average length greater than 6 inches. At least 1% discontinuous filament denier contains a fiber having a filament-to-filament friction coefficient of less than 0.1. The low-friction component is preferably a fluoropolymer. -A type of combined artificial fiber in which the yarn contains discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn, wherein the average length avg of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, and the fiber A filament having a filament length, that is, 5% to less than 15% of the filaments has a length greater than 15%, and at least 1% of the discontinuous filaments in the yarn have a filament cross-section having a width and a plurality of thicknesses Part, and the thick part is connected by a thin part within the width of the filament 'and the thin part at the end of the discontinuous filament is cut so that the thick part is separated by at least about three filament widths, thereby making the part end to length On the wire. -A type of combined artificial fiber in which the yarn contains discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn, wherein the average length avg of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, and the fiber Has a filament length distribution, that is, 5% to less than 15% of the filaments have a length greater than 15 &%, and the fibers in the yarn contain two fibers with visual differences that can be detected by the naked eye _ 11-This paper The scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 507029 A7 ____ BT- V. Description of the invention (9) The difference in dimension ° is preferably a color difference, a fiber color with a brightness greater than 90% in addition to neutral colors, and A fiber color having a color difference of at least 20 CIELAB units' brightness and color difference are measured in accordance with standard E-284 of ASTM Committee E12 to make a multi-colored yarn. -A type of combined artificial fiber in which yarn contains discontinuous filaments of different lengths is entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn, wherein the average length of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, and at least! % Discontinuous Filament Denny contains a filament with a fiber that has a potential elasticity of more than 30%. The yarn fiber is preferably a bicomponent yarn comprising a first component of a 2GT polyester and a second component of a 3GT polyester. Different processes for making certain products are also disclosed, and other processes are also disclosed for converting a conventional fixed-length wire-drawing machine into a feed yarn for use in a stretch-breaking machine. The process is related to the management of the drawing machine operation. It draws at least 5,000 fibers at a drawing position to facilitate the simultaneous production of multiple products with individual batches of about 20 to 200 pounds and collect them in a container. The batch is smaller than a batch of a single large denier tow product; and at least one spinning position is provided with a device for collecting the tow from the at least one spinning position into a container made of a low denier tow product. A number of improvements to the conventional tensile fracture process are disclosed below, including:-Gathering the ends of loose filaments in the fracture zone and adjacent exit pinch rollers and guiding them towards the fiber core, so that around the core The #t loose ends in all directions on the sides are limited to a distance from the center of the core, which is not greater than the distance from the center of the core to the ends of the exit rollers in the fracture zone to reduce the loose ends entangled on the exit pinch rollers. . _ ._- 12- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029

-將通過拉伸斷裂製程中功能性區域之纖維路徑配置成交 疊狀，使得當-第-功能性區域内之—路徑向量係血次一 順序功能性區域内之-路徑向量呈尾部對尾部配置方式 時，其定義出一在45與180度間之夾角，以造成製程之一 緊密地板空間。-The fiber path configuration of the functional area in the tensile fracture process is stacked so that the path vector in the -th-functional area is the blood-first order of the functional area-the path vector is arranged tail to tail In the method, it defines an included angle between 45 and 180 degrees to create a compact floor space during the manufacturing process.

裝 -配置第-斷裂區之出口處及第二斷裂區之人卩與出口處 之路徑，以利於將纖維接觸於一非導電性夾捏輥之前，先 將纖維接㈣-導電性夾捏輕，及藉由將纖維分離於__導 電性夾捏輥之前，先將纖維分離於—非導電性夾捏輥，以 利僅將纖維分離於-非導電性夾捏輥，藉此當纖維通過夫 捏輥時可減少生成靜電。 製程及其產物之其它變化型式將由以下說明中供熟悉纖 維處理技術者瞭解。 # 圖式簡單說明 訂Install-configure the path of the exit of the first-fracture zone and the path between the human and the exit of the second fracture zone to facilitate the fiber contact with the non-conductive pinch roller before pinching the fiber-the conductive pinch. And by separating the fiber from the non-conductive pinch roller before separating the fiber from the conductive pinch roller, in order to separate the fiber only from the non-conductive pinch roller, so that when the fiber passes through The pinch roller can reduce the generation of static electricity. Other variations of the process and its products will be understood by those familiar with fiber processing techniques in the description below. # Schematic description

本發明之其它特性可由以下說明書及參考相關圖式中而 得知，其中： 圖1係一製程線之簡示正視圖，包括一第一及一第二斷裂 區以及一結合區。 圖1 A係一輥組之封閉情形，其中纖維路徑係一 式路徑，特別有利於高強度纖維或低摩擦係數纖維。 圖2係二輥組間之一拉伸斷裂纖維中之長絲末端及雙重抓 持長絲之簡示立體圖。 圖3係使用一模擬模型之二個拉伸斷裂纖維例子中之雙重 抓持長絲比對總速度比之圖表。 本紙張尺度適财@ @家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 507029 A7 BT- 五、發明説明（11 ) 圖4係使用一模擬模型之二個拉伸斷裂纖維之斷裂區之單 一例子中之雙重抓持長絲比對速度比之圖表。 圖5係以纖維之斷裂伸長量變化e b所視之圖4資料靈敏度 圖表。 圖6係相較於區域丨之長度而以區域2之長度所視之圖4資 料靈敏度圖表。 圖7係以二斷裂區之總速度比變化所視之圖4資料靈敏度 圖表。 圖8係一製私綠之間示正視圖，包括一拉伸區、一第一及 一第二斷裂區、及一結合區，且拉伸區亦做為一退火區。 圖9係 t程線之間TF正視圖，包括一拉伸區、一第一及 一第二斷裂區、一拉引區、及一結合區。 圖10揭示圖4之曲線，且左垂直軸線膨脹及增添一右垂直 軸線以比較於圖4之曲線，及具有一些實際試驗資料。 圖1 0 A係來自不同D1、D 2值之操作性設計試驗之資料圖 表，以收集圖1 0圖表之理想資料 圖1 1係用於實施圖1、8、9所示製程及其變化型式之一 機器簡示正視圖。 圖1 2係用於旋轉纖維周側鬆散長絲之圖丨1所示旋轉喷射 口之立體圖。 圖1 3係用於散裝進給纖維通過一纖維分佈轉子及進入一 振動容器之散裝裝置簡示圖。 圖14係圖13轉子之截面圖。 圖15說明一實際紗線試驗及來自試驗之模擬之長絲長度 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 裝 訂 五、發明説明（12 ) 分佈圖表。 斷裂區之上游端進給，及一 游端進給。 圖2 3係圖9製程線之簡示正視圖 區〇 圖^ 17說明使用單-拉伸·斷裂區及生成之纖維分佈泛 -比較範例模擬，其係在本發明之限制以外。 圖18、19說明其它操作條件及生成之纖維分佈之模擬， 其係在本發明之限制以外。 圖20揭示圖9之製程簡示 之上游端進給。 圖2 1揭示圖9之製程簡示 裂區之上游端進給。 圖22揭示圖9之製程簡示 其中另一進給纖維係在結合區 其中另一進給纖維係在第一斷 其中一第一進給纖維係在第一 第二進給纖維係在結合區之上 包括結合區後之一退火 圖24揭示具有分叉端之_拉伸-斷裂長絲顯微照片。 圖25係圖24長絲之截面圖。 圖26揭示用於結合纖維之一交織噴射口截面圖。 圖27揭示一通過圖26喷射口之截面26_26。 圖28揭π—用於結合纖維之氣動式扭轉元件，其中圖之 左半側為沿纖維路徑所取之截面圖，及右半側為平面圖。 圖2 9揭π —先前技藝定長短紗線抽絲機之等體積圖，其 提供一大丹尼絲束產物，以進給一習知定長短紗線製程。 圖3 0揭示一定長短紗線抽絲機之等體積圖，其修改以提 供低丹尼及高丹尼絲束產物。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 斯029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（13 ) 圖3 1揭示一定長短紗線抽絲機之等體積圖，其修改以自 個別位置提供低丹尼絲束產物，以進給一拉伸斷裂紗線製 程。 圖3 2揭示製程線示意圖，其具有一交疊之路徑以節省 地板空間。 圖33A、B、C揭示用於圖32區域之功能性區域路徑向量 之示意圖。 圖34A、34B揭示一長槽之截面圖，長槽用於在纖維通 過一夾捏輥之前聚攏長絲末端趨近於纖維芯體。 圖3 5揭示針對不同平均長絲長度之紗線強度對一結合裝 置之二噴嘴間距離之典型圖表。 本發明雖已揭述相關於其一較佳實施例，但是可以瞭解 的是其並不侷限於此實施例，反之，諸變化型式、修改、 及等效技術應包含在申請專利範圍所定義之本發明精神範 疇内。 主要元件代表符號 d 末端86a之突伸距離 孔353之直徑 di 旋轉孔之直徑 LI 輥46及48之夾縫間之長度 Lla 二輥組42a及50a間之長度 L2 輥54及56之夾缝間之長度 L3 輥66及68之夾缝間之長度 L5 輕62及68之夾缝間之長度 ---- ·16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（14 )Other characteristics of the present invention can be learned from the following description and reference to related drawings, among which: FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a process line, including a first and a second fracture region and a bonding region. Fig. 1 A is a closed condition of a roller set, in which the fiber path is a pattern path, which is particularly advantageous for high-strength fibers or low-friction coefficient fibers. Fig. 2 is a schematic perspective view of a filament end and a double gripping filament in a stretch-broken fiber between two roller groups. Figure 3 is a graph of the double grip filament ratio versus the total speed ratio in two examples of tensile fracture fibers using a simulation model. This paper is suitable for size @ @ 家 标准 (CNS) A4 size (210X297mm) 507029 A7 BT- 5. Description of the invention (11) Figure 4 is a single example of the fracture zone of two tensile fracture fibers using a simulation model The graph of double grip filaments versus speed ratios. Fig. 5 is a graph showing the sensitivity of the data in Fig. 4 as a function of the elongation at break e b of the fiber. Fig. 6 is a graph of the data sensitivity of Fig. 4 viewed from the length of area 2 compared to the length of area 丨. Figure 7 is a graph of the sensitivity of the data in Figure 4 as a function of the total velocity ratio of the second fault zone. FIG. 8 is a front view showing a private green, including a stretched area, a first and a second fracture area, and a bonding area, and the stretched area also serves as an annealing area. Fig. 9 is a front view of TF between t-stroke lines, including a stretch zone, a first and a second fracture zone, a pull-out zone, and a bonding zone. FIG. 10 reveals the curve of FIG. 4, and the left vertical axis expands and a right vertical axis is added to compare the curve of FIG. 4 with some actual test data. Figure 10 A is a data chart of operational design tests from different values of D1 and D2 to collect the ideal data of Figure 10 chart Figure 11 is used to implement the process shown in Figures 1, 8, and 9 and its variants One machine is shown in front view. Fig. 12 is a perspective view of the rotary injection port shown in Fig. 1 for rotating the loose filaments on the peripheral side of the fiber. Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a bulk device for bulk feed fibers passing through a fiber distribution rotor and into a vibration container. Fig. 14 is a sectional view of the rotor of Fig. 13; Figure 15 illustrates an actual yarn test and the simulated filament length from the test. -14- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) binding. 5. Description of the invention (12) Distribution chart. Feed upstream of the fault zone, and feed one swim. Figure 2 3 is a schematic front view of the process line of Figure 9 Zone 0 Figure 17 illustrates the use of a uni-stretched / fractured zone and the resulting fiber distribution-a comparative example simulation, which is outside the limits of the present invention. Figures 18 and 19 illustrate other operating conditions and simulations of the resulting fiber distribution, which are outside the limits of the present invention. Figure 20 illustrates the upstream feed of the process schematic of Figure 9. Fig. 21 discloses a schematic view of the process of Fig. 9 at the upstream end of the split zone. FIG. 22 is a schematic view showing the process of FIG. 9 in which another feeding fiber system is in the bonding zone, and another feeding fiber system is in the first breaking, and one of the first feeding fiber system is in the first and second feeding fiber systems in the bonding zone. Annealing one after the bond zone is included above Figure 24 reveals a photomicrograph of a drawn-broken filament with split ends. Fig. 25 is a sectional view of the filament of Fig. 24; Figure 26 reveals a cross-sectional view of one of the interlaced jets for bonding fibers. FIG. 27 illustrates a section 26_26 through the injection port of FIG. Fig. 28 is a pneumatic torsion element for bonding fibers, wherein the left half of the figure is a cross-sectional view taken along the fiber path, and the right half is a plan view. Fig. 29 is an isometric drawing of a fixed length and short yarn drawing machine of the prior art, which provides a large denim tow product to feed a conventional fixed length and short yarn process. Fig. 30 reveals an isometric drawing of a certain length of yarn spinning machine, modified to provide low denier and high denier tow products. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297). 029 A7 B7- V. Description of the invention (13) Figure 3 1 reveals the equal volume drawing of a certain length of yarn spinning machine. The position provides a low denier tow product to feed a stretch-broken yarn process. Figure 32 shows a schematic diagram of the process line, which has an overlapping path to save floor space. Figures 33A, B, and C show schematic diagrams of the functional region path vectors for the region of Figure 32. Figures 34A and 34B show cross-sectional views of a long groove for gathering the ends of the filaments toward the fiber core before the fibers pass through a pinch roller. Figures 3 to 5 show typical graphs of yarn strength versus distance between two nozzles of a combination device for different average filament lengths. Although the present invention has been disclosed in relation to a preferred embodiment thereof, it can be understood that it is not limited to this embodiment. On the contrary, the various variants, modifications, and equivalent technologies should be included in the scope of the patent application. Within the spirit of the invention. The main component represents the symbol d. The diameter of the protruding distance hole 353 from the end 86a. The diameter of the rotating hole. LI The length between the gaps between rollers L. 46 and 48. Length L3 Length between the gaps between rollers 66 and 68 L5 Light length between the gaps between 62 and 68 ---- · 16- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 mm) 507029 A7 B7 -V. Description of the invention (14)

Id 特徵距離 1i 特徵距離 30 纖維 30a 纖維 30b 纖維 30c 纖維 31a 另一進給纖維 31b 另一進給纖維 31c 第一彩色纖維 31d 第二進給纖維 32 紗線 34 第一斷裂區 34a 斷裂區 36 第二斷裂區 38 結合區 40 製程之上游端 42 第一組輕 42a 輥組 44 輥 46 輥 48 輥 50 第二組輥 50a 輥組 51 纏繞角 _-17- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 B7— 五、發明説明（15 ) 52 輥 52a 夾捏輥 53 纏繞角 54 輥 54a 夾捏輥 56 輥 58 輥46及48 中心點之間的線 60 輥52及54 中心點之間的線 62 第三組輥 62a 幸昆組 64 輥 66 輥 68 輥 70 輥54及56 中心點之間的線 72 棍64及66 中心點之間的線 74 第四組輥 74a 輥組 76 輥 78 輥 80 輥66及68 中心點之間的線 81 纖維3 0之移行方向 82 輥76及78 中心點之間的線 83 交織噴射口 83a 交織喷射口 -18- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（16 ) 83b 氣動式拈絲元件 84 長絲 84a 上游端 84b 下游端 85 上游端 86 長絲 86a 下游端 88 長絲 88a 上游端 90 長絲 92 長絲 93 下游端 94 表示單一區例子之虛線 96 表示二區例子之實線 98 第一區之曲線 100 第二區之曲線 102 粗實心線 104 第一區曲線98之一部分 106 第二區曲線100之一部分 108 代表Ndg/Nue之要求最小值之線 110 相交於水平軸線之虛線 112 相交於水平軸線之虛線 114 相交於水平軸線之虛線 116 通過各對區域曲線與水平軸線之相交點之虛線 -19 - 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（17 ) 118 通過各對區域曲線L2=0.5L1與水平軸線之相交點之 虛線 120 通過各對區域曲線L2=0.25L1與水平軸線之相交點之 虛線 122 通過各對區域曲線與水平軸線之相交點之虛線 124 拉伸區 124a 退火區 126 製程上游端 128 第零輥組 128a 輥組 130 輥 132 輥 134 輥 136 輥132及134中心點之間的線 138 輥44及46之中心點之間的線 140 纖維加熱器 142 派形表面 144 拉引區 148 第五輥組 148a 輥組 150 輥 152 輥 155 理想操作點之曲線 157 最大總速度比之點 _-20-_ 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 507029 A7 B7— 五、發明説明（18 ) 158 連接資料點之線 160 容器 162 捲繞絪 164 斷裂導引件 166 導引輥 168 輥 170 輥 172 輥 174 輕 175 夾捏輥 176 輥 178 輥 180 輥 182 輥 184 啟始夬捏輥 186 靜電中和桿 187 裝置 188 旋轉噴射口 192 主體 194 上游端 196 下游端 198 筒形孔 200 流體通道 202 螺旋形流動路徑 _-21 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 Bt 五、發明説明（19 ) 204 穿線長孔 206 靜電中和桿 208 旋轉噴射口 212 吸引器噴射口 214 吸引器噴射口 216 緩衝桿 218 導引桿 220 吸引器噴射口 222 捲繞機 224 吸引器噴射口 226 槽道式導引輥 228 槽道式輥 230 橫移機構 232 紗線綑 234 從動心軸 236 散裝裝置 238 導引輥 240 惰輥 242 驅動輥 244 吸引喷射口 246 纖維分配轉子 248 轉子驅動器 250 容器 252 容器振盪器 _-22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 507029 A7 五、發明説明（20 ) 254 顯示纖維至少纏繞一次之箭頭 256 顯示纖維至少纏繞一次之箭頭 258 顯示進給方向之箭頭 260 入口通道 262 通道出口 264 螺旋路徑 266 主體 268 斜角通道 270 平衡孔 271 實際之紗線樣品長絲長度分佈 272 代表纖維長度分佈之曲線 300 下游端 302 下游端 304 各長絲分叉末端 306 長絲之寬度 308 厚部分 310 厚部分 312 厚部分 314 薄部分 316 薄部分 318 至少大約三長絲寬度之一長度 320 纖維通道 322 入口端 324 第一凹槽壁 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 507029 A7 ΒΤ 五、發明説明（21 ) 326 入口導引表面 328 入口外表面 329 第二凹槽壁 330 出口導引表面 332 出口外表面 334 出口端 336 穿線長孔 338 流體通道 340 流體通道338之角度 342 交織噴射口紗線通道320之角度 344 纖維路徑 346 導引件 348 導引件 350 第一噴嘴 351 旋轉孔 352 第二噴嘴 353 旋轉孔 354 共同之固持裝置 356 第一抽空室 358 第二抽空室 360 出口端 362 第一抽空室之一側 364 第一抽空室之另一側 366 穿線開孔 -24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 x 297公釐) 507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（22 ) 368 出口端 370 穿線長孔 372 外表面 374 第二抽空室之一側 376 端 378 端 380 管線 382 環形渠道 384 壓縮流體渠道 386 壓縮流體渠道 388 渠道之角度 389 進氣開孔 390 管線 392 環形渠道 394 壓縮流體渠道 396 壓縮流體渠道 398 入口端 400 拉伸斷裂裝置 402 拉伸區 404 輥組 406 輥組 408 第一斷裂區 410 輥組 412 第二斷裂區 _-25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 BT- 五、發明説明（23 ) 414 輥組 416 結合區 417 熱遮罩 418 輥組 419 第二纖維進給器設置處 420 捲繞機系統 421 第三纖維進給器設置處 424 纖維30之進給位置 425 頭部 426 路徑向量 427 尾部 428 路徑向量 430 路徑向量 432 路徑向量 434 路徑向量 436 二直線向量之間之夾角 438 二直線向量之間之爽角 440 二直線向量之間之夾角 450 槽溝 452 成型端 454 縱向凹穴 456 寬度 458 鬆弛長絲 460 鬆弛長絲 -26 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 507029 A7 B7— 五、發明説明（24 ) 462 纖維芯體 464 夬捏輥54a之末端 466 夾捏輥52a之末端 468 夾捏輥52a之末端 470 纖維芯體之中心 472 芯體中心至出口夾捏輥52a末端468之距離 474 至出口央捏輥54a末端464之距離 476 芯體中心至出口夾捏輥52a末端466之距離476 478 至出口夾捏輥54a末端462之距離 480 蓋件 500 定長短纖維抽絲機 501 調整型定長短纖維抽絲機 502 個別之位置 503 調整型定長短纖維抽絲機 504 個別之位置 506 個別之位置 508 個別之位置 510 個別之位置 511 單一供給器 512 單一之大丹尼絲束產物 514 大容器 516 轉換製程 518 梳理、梳毛、抽絲系統 522 拉伸斷裂機 -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) _^7-507029 A7 五、發明説明（25") — 522a 拉伸斷裂機 524 散裝裝置 526 抽絲位置 詳細說明 请即參閱諸圖’圖揭示用於拉伸斷裂一纖維3 〇之較佳製 程簡示圖，其係利用一第一斷裂區34及一第二斷裂區36及 一結合區38以製成一紗線32。包含有若干纖維3〇a、 3 0 b、3 0 c之纖維3 0係通過一第一組輥4 2以在一製程之上 游端40進給入製程，第一組輥包含輥44、46、48，輥46 利用一習知之馬達/齒輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定 速度驅動，輥44、48則藉由接觸於輥46而驅動。纖維30進 給至一第二組輥5 〇，藉以定義輥組4 2、5 0之間之第一斷裂 區3 4，輥組5 〇包含輥5 2、5 4、5 6，輥5 4利用一習知之馬 達/齒輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定速度驅動，輥 52、56則藉由接觸於輥54而驅動。第一斷裂區34具有一長 度L1於輥46、48之夾缝與輥52、54之夾缝之間，且前一 夾縫係位於二輥中心點之間之一線5 8上，而後一夬缝係位 於二輥中心點之間之一線6 〇上。第一斷裂區3 4内之纖維係 藉由輥組42之第一速度S1及大於速度S1之輥組50第二速 度S 2驅動纖維而增加速度，纖維在二輥組4 2、5 0處之速度 比較即定義出一第一速度比Di=s2/Sl。輥與纖維之間不 應該有任何滑失，因此，在從動輥46處之纖維速度與輥表 面速度應該相同，且在從動輥54處之纖維速度與輥表面速 度應該相同。增加第一斷裂區34内之纖維速度會造成纖維 L- _____ - 28 - 本紙張尺度適用巾s a家標準(CNS) A4規格㈣χ 297公爱)Id characteristic distance 1i characteristic distance 30 fiber 30a fiber 30b fiber 30c fiber 31a another feed fiber 31b another feed fiber 31c first colored fiber 31d second feed fiber 32 yarn 34 first break zone 34a break zone 36 The second fracture zone 38 The bonding zone 40 The upstream end of the process 42 The first group of light 42a Roller group 44 Roller 46 Roller 48 Roller 50 The second group of rollers 50a Roller group 51 Winding angle _-17- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7— V. Description of the invention (15) 52 roll 52a pinch roll 53 winding angle 54 roll 54a pinch roll 56 roll 58 roll 46 and 48 line between center point 60 roll Line between center points of 52 and 54 62 Third group of rollers 62a Xingkun group 64 roller 66 roller 68 roller 70 rollers 54 and 56 line between center points 72 stick 64 and 66 line between center points 74 fourth group Roller 74a Roller group 76 Roller 78 Roller 80 Roller 66 and 68 Line between center points 81 Movement direction of fiber 3 0 82 Line between roller 76 and 78 center point 83 Interlaced ejection port 83a Interlaced ejection port -18- This paper Scale China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7- V. Description of invention (16) 83b Pneumatic reeling element 84 filament 84a upstream end 84b downstream end 85 upstream end 86 filament 86a downstream end 88 filament 88a upstream end 90 filament 92 filament 93 downstream end 94 indicates the dashed line of the single zone example 96 indicates the solid line of the second zone example 98 curve of the first zone 100 curve of the second zone 102 thick solid line 104 first zone Part of the curve 98 106 Part of the second zone curve 100 Part 108 The line representing the required minimum value of Ndg / Nue 110 The dotted line intersecting the horizontal axis 112 The dotted line intersecting the horizontal axis 114 The dotted line intersecting the horizontal axis 116 Dotted line at the point of intersection with the horizontal axis-19-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7- V. Description of the invention (17) 118 Pass each pair of regional curves L2 = Dotted line at the intersection point of 0.5L1 and the horizontal axis 120 Pass the pair of area curves L2 = 0.25 Dotted line at the intersection point of L1 and the horizontal axis 122 Pass between each pair of area curves and the horizontal axis Dotted line of intersection 124 Stretching zone 124a Annealing zone 126 Process upstream end 128 The zeroth roller group 128a Roller group 130 Roller 132 Roller 134 Roller 136 Line between the center points of rollers 132 and 134 Between the center points of rollers 44 and 46 Line 140 Fiber heater 142 Pie surface 144 Pull-out area 148 Fifth roller group 148a Roll group 150 Roll 152 Roll 155 Curve of the ideal operating point 157 Point of the maximum total speed ratio _-20-_ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7— V. Description of invention (18) 158 Line connecting data points 160 Container 162 Winding coil 164 Break guide 166 Guide roller 168 Roller 170 Roller 172 Roller 174 Light 175 Pinch roller 176 Roller 178 Roller 180 Roller 182 Roller 184 Start-up pinch roller 186 Static neutralization lever 187 Device 188 Rotary spray port 192 Main body 194 Upstream end 196 Downstream end 198 Barrel hole 200 Fluid channel 202 Spiral -Shaped flow path_-21-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 Bt V. Description of the invention (19) 204 Threading slot 206 Static neutralization rod 208 Rotary spray 212 Suction nozzle 214 Suction nozzle 216 Buffer rod 218 Guide rod 220 Suction nozzle 222 Winder 224 Suction nozzle 226 Channel guide roller 228 Channel roller 230 Traverse mechanism 232 Yarn Bale 234 Follower spindle 236 Bulk device 238 Guide roller 240 Idler roller 242 Drive roller 244 Suction jet port 246 Fiber distribution rotor 248 Rotor driver 250 Container 252 Container oscillator _-22- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 V. Description of the invention (20) 254 Arrows showing that the fiber is wound at least once 256 Arrows that show that the fiber is wound at least once 258 Arrows that show the feeding direction 260 Entry channel 262 Channel exit 264 Spiral path 266 Main body 268 Bevel channel 270 Balance hole 271 Actual yarn sample Filament length distribution 272 Curve representing fiber length distribution 300 Downstream end 302 Downstream end 304 Filament split ends 306 Filament width 308 Thick portion 310 Thick portion 312 Thick portion 314 Thin portion 316 Thin portion 318 At least about three filaments One-degree length 320 fiber channel 322 entrance end 324 first groove wall -23- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 507029 A7 ΒΤ 5. Description of invention (21) 326 entrance Guide surface 328 entrance outer surface 329 second groove wall 330 exit guide surface 332 exit outer surface 334 exit end 336 threading slot 338 fluid channel 340 angle of fluid channel 342 angle of interlaced jet yarn channel 320 fiber 344 fiber Path 346 guide 348 guide 350 first nozzle 351 rotation hole 352 second nozzle 353 rotation hole 354 common holding device 356 first evacuation chamber 358 second evacuation chamber 360 exit end 362 one side of the first evacuation chamber 364 On the other side of the first evacuation chamber, 366 threading openings -24- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 x 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7- V. Description of the invention (22) 368 Exit end 370 threading Long hole 372 outer surface 374 one side of the second evacuation chamber 376 end 378 end 380 pipeline 382 annular channel 384 compressed fluid channel 386 compressed fluid channel 388 Channel angle 389 Inlet opening 390 Pipeline 392 Ring channel 394 Compressed fluid channel 396 Compressed fluid channel 398 Inlet 400 Stretching and breaking device 402 Stretching zone 404 Roller group 406 Roller group 408 First fracture area 410 Roller group 412 No. Second break zone _-25- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 BT- V. Description of the invention (23) 414 Roll group 416 Bonding area 417 Thermal mask 418 Roll group 419 Second fiber feeder setting place 420 Winder system 421 Third fiber feeder setting place 424 Fiber 30 feeding position 425 Head 426 Path vector 427 Trail 428 Path vector 430 Path vector 432 Path vector 434 Path vector 436 Angle between two straight-line vectors 438 Angle between two straight-line vectors 440 Angle between two straight-line vectors 450 Slot 452 Shaped end 454 Vertical pocket 456 Width 458 Slack filament 460 Slack filament-26-Paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) 507029 A7 B7— V. Description of the invention (24) 462 Fiber core 464 End of pinch roller 54a 466 End of pinch roller 52a 468 End of pinch roller 52a 470 End of fiber core 472 Center of core to distance 474 of end 468 of exit pinch roller 52a to end 464 of exit central pinch roller 54a 476 Distance from the center of the core to the end 466 of the exit pinch roller 52a 476 478 Distance to the end 462 of the exit pinch roller 54a 480 Cover 500 Fixed-length staple fiber spinning machine 501 Adjustable fixed-length staple fiber spinning machine 502 Individual location 503 Adjustable fixed length and short fiber drawing machine 504 Individual position 506 Individual position 508 Individual position 510 Individual position 511 Single feeder 512 Single large Danny tow product 514 Large container 516 Conversion process 518 Carding, carding, and silk drawing System 522 tensile fracture machine-27- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) _ ^ 7-507029 A7 V. Description of the invention (25 ") — 522a tensile fracture machine 524 bulk For a detailed description of the position of the wire drawing device 526, please refer to the drawings. The figure discloses a schematic diagram of a preferred process for stretching and breaking a fiber 3 0, which uses a first breaking zone 34. A breaking zone 36 and a second region 38 to make a combined yarn 32. The fiber 30, which contains a number of fibers 30a, 30b, and 3c, is fed through a first set of rollers 42 to the upstream end 40 of a process into the process. The first set of rollers includes rolls 44, 46 , 48, and the roller 46 are driven at a predetermined speed by a conventional motor / gear box and controller (not shown), and the rollers 44 and 48 are driven by contacting the roller 46. The fiber 30 is fed to a second group of rollers 50 to define the first breaking zone 3 4 between the group of rollers 4 2 and 50. The group of rollers 5 includes rollers 5 2, 5 4, 5 6 and rollers 5 4 A conventional motor / gearbox and controller (not shown) are used to drive at a predetermined speed, and the rollers 52 and 56 are driven by contacting the roller 54. The first fracture zone 34 has a length L1 between the gap between the rollers 46, 48 and the gap between the rollers 52, 54. The previous gap is located on a line 58 between the center points of the two rollers, and the latter is quilted. The system is located on a line 60 between the center points of the two rollers. The fibers in the first breaking zone 34 are driven by the first speed S1 of the roller group 42 and the second speed S 2 of the roller group 50 that is greater than the speed S1 to increase the speed. The fibers are at the second roller group 4 2, 50. The speed comparison defines a first speed ratio Di = s2 / Sl. There should be no slippage between the roller and the fiber. Therefore, the fiber speed at the driven roller 46 and the roller surface speed should be the same, and the fiber speed at the driven roller 54 should be the same as the roller surface speed. Increasing the fiber speed in the first fracture zone 34 will cause the fiber L- _____-28-This paper size is suitable for towels s a standard (CNS) A4 size ㈣χ 297 public love)

訂Order

線 -- - B7-___ . 五、發明説明（26 ) 内之長絲長於欲拉伸之長度L 1，直到超過纖維之斷裂伸長 量，且由二輥組抓持之長絲即斷裂。在用於斷裂長絲之第 一區内，速度比D 1應令長絲上之最大承受應變超過纖維之 斷裂伸長量，此為用於纖維拉伸斷裂之習知要求。若進給 入製程之纖維為一完全由連續性長絲構成之纖維，則其即 符合用於斷裂長絲之上述條件，即所有長絲將在第一斷裂 區内斷裂。連續性長絲斷裂後，新的非連續性長絲纖維亦 可在第一斷裂區内拉伸，以利當纖維速度持續增加時可減 低纖維之丹尼，直到其達到輥組5 〇之速度S 2時為止。 纖維3 0係進給至一第三組輥6 2，藉以定義輥組5 〇、6 2之 間之第二斷裂區36，輥組62包含輥64、66、68，輥66利 用一習知之馬達/齒輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定速 度驅動，輥64、68則藉由接觸於輥66而驅動。第二斷裂區 36具有一長度L2於輥54、56之夾缝與輥64、66之夾缝之 間’且前一夾缝係位於二輥中心點之間之一線7 〇上，而後 一夾縫係位於二輥中心點之間之一線7 2上。第二斷裂區3 6 内之纖維係藉由輥組5 〇之第二速度s 2及大於速度S 2之輥組 6 2第二速度s 3驅動纖維而增加速度，纖維在二輥組5 〇、 62處之速度比較即定義出一第一速度比D2 = s3/S2。輥與 纖維之間不應該有任何滑失，因此，在從動輥5 4處之纖維 速度與輥表面速度應該相同，且在從動輥66處之纖維速度 與輥表面速度應該相同。增加第二斷裂區36内之纖維速度 會k成纖維内之大部分長絲長於欲拉伸之長度L 2，直到超 過纖維之斷裂伸長量，且由二輥組抓持之大部分長絲（雙重 . ........... - 29 - 本紙張尺度適财@國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公釐) --- A7 B7-Thread--B7 -___. V. The filament in the description of the invention (26) is longer than the length L 1 to be stretched until it exceeds the breaking elongation of the fiber, and the filament held by the two roller group is broken. In the first zone for breaking filaments, the speed ratio D 1 should make the maximum withstand strain on the filaments exceed the breaking elongation of the fiber, which is a conventional requirement for tensile breaking of fibers. If the fiber fed into the process is a fiber composed entirely of continuous filaments, it meets the above conditions for breaking filaments, that is, all filaments will break in the first breaking zone. After the continuous filament is broken, the new discontinuous filament fiber can also be stretched in the first breaking zone, so that when the fiber speed continues to increase, the denier of the fiber can be reduced until it reaches the speed of the roller group 50. Until 2 o'clock. The fiber 30 is fed to a third group of rollers 62 to define the second breaking zone 36 between the roller groups 50 and 62. The roller group 62 includes rollers 64, 66, and 68. The roller 66 uses a conventional method. The motor / gearbox and controller (not shown) are driven at a predetermined speed, and the rollers 64 and 68 are driven by contacting the roller 66. The second fracture zone 36 has a length L2 between the gap between the rollers 54 and 56 and the gap between the rollers 64 and 66 and the previous gap is located on a line 70 between the center points of the two rollers, and the next gap The system is located on a line 72 between the center points of the two rollers. The fibers in the second breaking zone 3 6 are driven by the second speed s 2 of the roller group 50 and the second speed s 3 of the roller group 6 2 that is greater than the speed S 2 to increase the speed. The fibers are in the second roller group 5 〇 The speed comparison at 62 defines a first speed ratio D2 = s3 / S2. There should be no slippage between the roller and the fiber. Therefore, the fiber speed at the driven roller 54 and the roller surface speed should be the same, and the fiber speed at the driven roller 66 should be the same as the roller surface speed. Increasing the fiber speed in the second breaking zone 36 will make most of the filaments in the fiber longer than the length L 2 to be stretched until it exceeds the breaking elongation of the fiber, and most of the filaments held by the two roller group Double ...........-29-This paper is suitable for financial @ National Standard (CNS) A4 size (21GX297mm) --- A7 B7-

抓持之長絲）即斷裂。在用於斷裂長絲之第二區内，速度比 D 2應令雙重抓持長絲上之最大承受應變超過纖維之斷裂伸 長量，此為用於具有非連續性長絲之纖維拉伸斷裂之習知 要求。非連續性長絲之纖維亦可在第二斷裂區3 6内拉伸， 以利當纖維速度持續增加時可減低纖維之丹尼，直到其達 到輥組6 2之速度S 3時。 纖維30進給至一第四組輥74，藉以定義輥組62、74之間 之結合區3 8，輥組7 4包含輥7 6、7 8，輥7 6利用一習知之 馬達/齒輪相及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定速度驅動，輕 78則藉由接觸於輥76而驅動。結合區38具有一長度L3於 輥66、6 8之夾缝與輥76、78之夾缝之間，且前一夾缝係位 於一I中心點之間之一線8 0上，而後一夬缝係位於二輕中 心點之間之一線8 2上。結合區包括一些結合裝置，例如位 於輥組62、74之間之一交織噴射口 83。結合區38内之纖維 係藉由輥組62之第三速度S3及輥組74之第四較低速度S4 驅動纖維而減緩速度，纖維在二輥組6 2、7 4處之速度比較 即定義出一第一速度比D3 = S4/S3。輥與纖維之間不應該 有任何滑失’因此’在從動輥6 6處之纖維速度與輕表面速 度應該相同，且在從動輥76處之纖維速度與輥表面速度應 該相同。交織噴射口藉由將長絲相互纏結而使之連接，以 製成一定長短紗，進行期間其可在紗線製成時略為縮短纖 維之長度，以考量於此特殊結合區内之減緩速度。在某些 例子中其為藉由輕組62之弟二速度S3及大於速度S3之輕 組7 4第四速度§ 4驅動纖維而增加結合區3 8内之纖維速度， ------30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 五、發明説明（28 ) 在此例子中，當纖維速度持續增加時有些拉伸動作可發生 於結合區3 8内，直到其達到輥組7 4之速度s 4時為止。 請繼續參閱圖1，輥組42、50、62為所示之三個輥組， 且當纖維大致筆直地通過輥組時會略為纏繞於輥，此妳常 可有效地對纖維提供良好之抓持，且對製程而言有一:純 之纖維絲向上路徑。當纖維在斷裂區34、36内斷裂時，栌 制其上之靜電組識相信應係極重要之事，由長絲斷裂所^ 之自由纖維端易在纟相互上下滑移_因為靜力4隹斥而伸出 纖維表面外，這些伸出之靜電荷自由端易纏繞於夾捏輥， 特別是在輥組50、62處，因而造成機器停止。吾人相信將 纖維接觸於一導電性之輥表面即可散失此靜電，其可令用 於抓持未結合之非連續性纖維之夾捏輥中至少一輥製備一 金屬導電性表面而達成，例如輥44、48、52、56、“、 68。輥76亦可為一導電性表面，但是此舉並不重要，因為 當自由端通過此夾缝時會結合於纖維之芯部。同樣，輥扨 亦不必呈金屬性，因為在此點處之纖維仍為一束連續性之 長絲，並供自由端。而在輥48處，由於在區34内發生動態 長絲斷裂，該處即存在有一些自由端，因此令輥48具有一 導電性表面較為有利。在輥組5〇之例子中，輥52、％係金 屬表面，且接觸於輥54上之一非導電性彈性體表面。接觸 於一輥組時亦很重要，例如輥組5〇 ,以配置非連續性長絲 纖維之路徑於輥組之入口及出口處，以利纖維接觸於一非 導黾性夾捏輥之則先接觸於一導電性夾捏輥，且在將纖維 分離於一導電性夾捏輥之前先將其分離於一非導電性夾捏 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(2_ 10X297公釐) 507029The grasped filament) is broken. In the second zone for breaking filaments, the speed ratio D 2 should make the maximum bearing strain on the double-gripping filament exceed the breaking elongation of the fiber. This is used for the tensile breaking of fibers with discontinuous filaments. Customary requirements. The fibers of the discontinuous filaments can also be stretched in the second breaking zone 36, so that when the fiber speed continues to increase, the denier of the fiber can be reduced until it reaches the speed S 3 of the roller group 62. The fiber 30 is fed to a fourth group of rollers 74, thereby defining the bonding area 3 8 between the roller groups 62, 74. The roller group 7 4 contains rollers 7 6, 7 8 and roller 7 6 uses a conventional motor / gear phase. And a controller (not shown) to drive at a predetermined speed, and the light 78 is driven by contacting the roller 76. The bonding area 38 has a length L3 between the gap between the rollers 66, 68 and the gap between the rollers 76, 78, and the previous gap is located on a line 80 between the I center points, and the next quilting The system is located on a line 8 2 between the two light center points. The bonding zone includes bonding means such as an interlaced jet port 83 located between one of the roller sets 62,74. The fibers in the bonding zone 38 are driven by the third speed S3 of the roller group 62 and the fourth lower speed S4 of the roller group 74 to slow down the speed. The comparison of the speed of the fibers at the second roller group 6 2 and 7 is defined. A first speed ratio D3 = S4 / S3. There should not be any slippage between the roller and the fiber '. Therefore, the fiber speed and light surface speed at the driven roller 66 should be the same, and the fiber speed and roller surface speed at the driven roller 76 should be the same. The interlaced jet is connected by tangling filaments to make a certain length and length of yarn. During the process, it can slightly shorten the length of the fiber when the yarn is made, taking into account the slowing speed in this special bonding zone. . In some examples, it is to increase the fiber speed in the bonding zone 3 8 by driving the fibers with the second speed S3 of the light group 62 and the light group 7 4 fourth speed § 4 greater than the speed S3, ------ 30- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 5. Description of the invention (28) In this example, some stretching actions can occur in the bonding zone when the fiber speed continues to increase 3 8 Until it reaches the speed s 4 of the roller set 74. Please continue to refer to FIG. 1. The roller groups 42, 50, 62 are the three roller groups shown, and when the fiber passes through the roller group approximately straightly, it will be slightly entangled with the roller. You can often effectively provide good grip on the fiber. For the process, there is one: a pure fiber silk upward path. When the fiber breaks in the fracture zone 34, 36, the electrostatic identification of it is believed to be a very important matter. The free fiber ends of the filament break are easy to slide down on each other because of static force 4 Repelled and protruding beyond the fiber surface, these electrostatically-charged free ends are easily entangled in the pinch rollers, especially at the roller groups 50 and 62, thus causing the machine to stop. I believe that the static electricity can be dissipated by contacting the fiber with the surface of a conductive roller, which can be achieved by preparing at least one of the pinch rollers for holding unbound discontinuous fibers with a metal conductive surface, such as Rollers 44, 48, 52, 56, ", 68. Roller 76 may also be a conductive surface, but this is not important because the free end is bonded to the core of the fiber as it passes through the gap. Similarly, the roller It is also not necessary for the cymbals to be metallic, because the fiber at this point is still a continuous filament and is provided for the free end. At the roller 48, due to the dynamic filament breakage in the zone 34, it exists there There are some free ends, so it is advantageous for the roller 48 to have a conductive surface. In the example of the roller group 50, the roller 52,% is a metal surface, and contacts a non-conductive elastomer surface on the roller 54. Contact It is also very important in a roller group, such as roller group 50, to configure the path of discontinuous filament fibers at the entrance and exit of the roller group, so that the fiber contacts the non-conductive pinch roller first Is in contact with a conductive pinch roller, and A conductive pinch roller is separated from a non-conductive pinch before the paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2_ 10X297 mm) 507029

輥，藉此在纖維通過夾捏輥時可減低纖維内之靜電組織。 易言之，由進入一輥組之纖維所接觸之第一表面應該為一 導電性表面，且由離開一輥組之纖維所接觸之最後一表面 應該為一導電性表面。若纖維離開金屬輥5 6之後即剝離輥 5 4之彈性體表面，則當纖維及彈性體分離時會產生一靜電 荷，且其不易散失，因為纖維本身為非導電性。據此，輥 52、56係呈角向地設於輥54之中心點周側，因此在纖維接 觸於輥54之前將會有一大約5度以上之纏繞角”出現於輥 52上，及在纖維中斷接觸於輥54之後將會有一大約5度以 上足纏繞角53出現於輥56上，此狀態係重覆出現於輥组 62 〇 由於許多輥纏繞似乎在纖維離開輥之間之夾缝時發生， 據信其對於保持纖維接觸於一硬質夾捏輥亦十分重要，例 如一金屬夾捏輥，當纖維離開一彈性體夾捏輥時，其無關 於硬質或彈性表面之輥為導電或非導電性，依此，若纖維 易埋入彈性體輥之彈性表面内，其可在纖維小幅纏繞於硬 質輥上時，ϋ由依循於相對±夾捏輕之硬質表面而剥離於 彈性表面，上述金屬表面輥周側之纏繞角度即可達成此目 的，此舉相信可減少輥纏繞。若硬質輥表面呈導電性，則 可有更進一步之優點。 圖1Α揭示穿過輕組之另一方式，即俗稱為"Σ "式纏繞， 請參閱輕組42。在此變換型式中，纖維係在㈣下方進 給，而非在其頂部，隨後纏繞於輥44、46及通過輥以，此 可增加纖維與輕44 ' 46 ' 48之間之表面接觸。若纖維需要 —- 32 - 本纸張尺度適用巾g g家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21GX297公爱)' ---- A7 五、發明説明（3〇 ) 與輥組做良好之摩擦結合以避免纖維在輥組上滑失，則此 即為一有用之技術。其要求之狀態為當纖維係一高強度識 維且輥組需發展出一大斷裂力時，或當纖維具有一極低之 摩擦係數於纖維中之長絲之間以及纖維與輥表面之間時， 氟聚合物具有小於或等於大約〇 ·丨之長絲之間靜摩擦係數， 其即可做為此一纖維，而在拉伸斷裂處理時可得利於” Σ „ 式纏繞。使用此Σ式纏繞時，輥48具有一導電性表面，且 其在纖維中斷接觸於具有非導電性表面之輥46後，可具有 與纖維王大於90度之大纏繞角55 ,此將在纖維依上所述 分離於彈性體表面時可以有效地散失其產生之靜電。 在工業上對於纖維有許多意義，基於本說明書之目的， 纖維-詞係指-長形織物材料，包含—或多數端或成束， 或指不同材料，包含可為非連續性或連續性且為未結合之 多數長絲’藉以拘限長絲之間之顯著流動性。長絲為單- 單元之非連續性（即有限長度）或連續性材料。紗線或定長 I、、泉係扣一長形織物材料，包含一含有非連續性長絲之 結合纖維，結合纖維沿著紗線長度具有一張力及一致性， 且有長絲流動性但是有其限度。連續性長絲亦存在於紗線 或定長短紗線中。 上述製程之進給纖維可能來自-捲繞之纖維綑，或可來 自碎纖.·隹i合益且纖維可自由地抽除，容後詳述。社合 之紗線可捲繞成-綑或散裝於—容器内，以= 程或運送，或傳送至其他機器元件以做進一步處理。 一斷裂區及斷裂長絲係指在—區域中增加含有連續性或 A7 B7~ 五、發明説明（31 ) 非連續性長絲之纖維之速度，做為斷裂纖維之基本目的， $得20%以上且較佳為4〇%以上之長絲斷裂。當較長於斷 裂區之連續性或非連續性長絲係進給至斷裂區時"，乂則丨⑻^ 之長絲即斷裂…斷裂區及斷裂長絲亦可包括裁切或弱化 連續性或長形非連續性長絲之全部或一部分，例如使用一 裁切轉換器裝置或切斷桿裝置（如New之2,72ι，44〇號或 Lanterbach之4,547,933號美國專利），其可減小夾捏輥處之 斷裂力，且控制纖維中之長絲斷裂位置之某些無定向性。 第一斷裂區及第二斷裂區意指二個不同之斷裂區，且第 二者係在纖維循序通過二斷裂區中之第一者出現，但是第 二斷裂區不必為係次於第一斷裂區且第一斷裂區不必為製 程中之第一區。進入第一斷裂區之進給纖維可為連續性長 絲纖維、一欲在第一斷裂區中斷裂之較長長絲之非連續性 纖維、或連續性與非連續性長絲纖維之組合。結合則包括 利用結合以銜接纖維中之長絲，例如一單一喷射口、多數 噴射口、一正確扭絞裝置、一交替層式扭絞裝置、一黏膠 施加器或類此者、一纏繞裝置，等等。 為了在單一斷裂區内達成纖維之實際斷裂，吾人已知斷 裂一纖維之張力係隨著斷裂纖維之速率增加而降低，在小 於2之一極低速率下，張力快速增大且此時相信張力可使纖 維結合’因此相鄰長絲之間之摩擦力增加且個別長絲之斷 裂會逐漸困難’結果張力昇高且十分不規律，導致操作性 之問題及整個纖維斷裂而非無定向之個別長絲斷裂。基於 此原因，有必要以2.0以上之速率操作各斷裂區，其亦有利 ------------------- __- 34 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 507029 五、發明説明（32 ) 品且亦有必要在結合紗線中提供大量長 裂£ s $二斷裂區之區域長度明顯短於第-斷 =長:?=中之長絲及在每时之結合紗線中產生較 户 第二斷裂區之長度L2小於或等於第 斷裂n:县：κο.6倍在_較佳實施例中，其需使第二 #斷4^長度L2小於或等於第-斷裂區長度L1u.4倍。 E ^ 农度畀有一貫際上之限制，此最小 :將斷裂來自第-區之幾乎所有纖維長絲，而此係不必 增大張力至一高程度，而吾人已知斷裂力係 W區域長度減小而增大，.針對斷裂區2之長度L2之實際 底，為L220.2L1，此邏輯上之推論為其需使第—區明顯長 於$ —區’ ϋ為吾人已知令長絲斷裂之張力會在長區中降 低。對於任意既有平均生成長絲之長度（例如由第二斷裂區 所建立者）之L1而言，重要的是減少所需之斷裂力及提供一 較長之長絲於斷裂力，使其呈現較多長絲之弱點以供斷 裂’因此需具有-大於6.〇叶之平均長絲長度，由二斷裂區 之經驗可知L2大致上大於平均長絲長度二倍，或為12吋， 意即LW〇.6之最大要求L2/L1比值時係大於丨67><12〇或 20.0 吋。 第一及第二斷裂區之間存有一關係，可確保製程有良好 之操作性，且紗線具有特定要求之長絲長度特徵與分佈， 以及在一拉伸-斷裂紗線中提供一增加之長絲端頻率。良好 之操作性亦提供於200-250碼/分鐘以上輸出速度時之強力 高速操作’特別是在500碼/分鐘以上。雙重抓持長絲之一 L_ _ _ -35- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4规格(210X 297公釐) 裝 訂 507029 A7 B7—The roller, thereby reducing the electrostatic structure in the fiber when the fiber passes through the pinch roller. In other words, the first surface contacted by the fibers entering a roller group should be a conductive surface, and the last surface contacted by the fibers leaving a roller group should be a conductive surface. If the fibers leave the metal roller 56 and the elastomer surface of the roller 54 is peeled off, an electrostatic charge is generated when the fibers and the elastomer are separated, and it is not easy to dissipate because the fiber itself is non-conductive. According to this, the rollers 52 and 56 are arranged angularly on the peripheral side of the center point of the roller 54. Therefore, a winding angle of about 5 degrees or more appears on the roller 52 before the fibers contact the roller 54 and the fibers After the contact with the roller 54 is interrupted, a foot winding angle 53 of about 5 degrees or more appears on the roller 56. This state repeatedly appears in the roller group 62. Because many roller windings appear to occur when the fibers leave the gap between the rollers. It is believed that it is also important to keep the fiber in contact with a rigid pinch roller, such as a metal pinch roller. When the fiber leaves an elastomer pinch roller, its rollers that are not related to the hard or elastic surface are conductive or non-conductive. According to this, if the fiber is easy to be embedded in the elastic surface of the elastomer roller, it can be peeled from the elastic surface by following the relative ± pinching light hard surface when the fiber is slightly wound on the hard roller. This can be achieved by the winding angle on the surface roller peripheral side, which is believed to reduce roller winding. If the surface of the hard roller is conductive, it can have further advantages. Figure 1A reveals another way to pass through the light group, that is, Popularly known as & qu ot; Σ " winding, please refer to light group 42. In this conversion type, the fiber is fed below the ㈣ instead of on top of it, and then wound around the rollers 44 and 46 and passed through the roller, which can increase the fiber The surface contact between light 44 '46' 48. If the fiber needs --- 32-This paper size is applicable to gg home standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX297 public love) '---- A7 V. Description of the invention ( 3) Good frictional combination with the roller set to avoid fiber slipping on the roller set, this is a useful technique. The required state is when the fiber is a high-strength dimension and the roller set needs to develop a When the breaking force is large, or when the fiber has a very low friction coefficient between the filaments in the fiber and between the fiber and the roller surface, the fluoropolymer has a static friction coefficient between the filaments of less than or equal to about 0 · 丨It can be used as this fiber, and it can benefit from "Σ„ type winding during tensile breaking treatment. When using this Σ winding, the roller 48 has a conductive surface, and when the fiber breaks contact with the non- After the conductive surface of the roller 46, it can be as large as 90 degrees with the fiber king. Angle 55, which will effectively dissipate the static electricity generated when the fiber is separated from the surface of the elastomer as described above. It has many meanings for the fiber in the industry. For the purpose of this specification, the fiber-word means-long Fabric materials, including—or majority ends or bundles, or different materials, including a plurality of filaments that may be discontinuous or continuous and unbonded, thereby limiting significant fluidity between the filaments. The filaments are Mono-unit discontinuity (ie, finite length) or continuous material. Yarn or fixed length I, spring-type buckle a long fabric material, including a binding fiber containing discontinuous filaments, the binding fiber along Yarn length has a force and consistency, and there is filament flow but there are limits. Continuous filaments are also present in yarns or fixed-length short yarns. The feed fiber of the above process may come from the -wound fiber bundle, or it may come from the shredded fiber. · 隹 iYiYi and the fiber can be freely removed, detailed later. Socially-combined yarns can be wound into bales or bulk-contained, processed or transported, or transferred to other machine elements for further processing. A broken zone and broken filaments refers to the addition of continuity or A7 B7 ~ in the area. V. Description of the invention (31) The speed of fibers with discontinuous filaments, as the basic purpose of broken fibers, $ 20% The above and preferably 40% or more of the filaments are broken. When continuous or discontinuous filaments longer than the fractured area are fed to the fractured area ", the filament of the rule ⑻⑻ ^ is broken ... The fractured area and the broken filament may also include cutting or weakening the continuity Or all or part of a long, discontinuous filament, such as the use of a cutting converter device or a cutting rod device (such as US Patent No. 2,72ι, 44 or Lanterbach US Patent No. 4,547,933), which can be reduced The breaking force at the pinch rollers controls some non-orientation of the filament breaking position in the fiber. The first fault zone and the second fault zone mean two different fault zones, and the second one appears when the fiber passes through the first of the two fault zones in sequence, but the second fault zone need not be second to the first fault. And the first fracture zone need not be the first zone in the process. The feed fibers entering the first break zone may be continuous filament fibers, discontinuous fibers of a longer filament intended to break in the first break zone, or a combination of continuous and discontinuous filament fibers. Bonding includes the use of bonding to join filaments in the fiber, such as a single jet, multiple jets, a correct twisting device, an alternate layer twisting device, an adhesive applicator or similar, a winding device ,and many more. In order to achieve the actual fracture of the fiber in a single fracture zone, we know that the tension of a broken fiber decreases as the rate of the broken fiber increases. At an extremely low rate of less than 2, the tension increases rapidly and the tension is believed at this time. The fiber can be bonded 'so that the friction between adjacent filaments increases and individual filament breaks will gradually become difficult'. As a result, the tension rises and is very irregular, leading to operational problems and the entire fiber breaks instead of the individual without orientation. The filament is broken. For this reason, it is necessary to operate each fracture zone at a rate of more than 2.0, which is also advantageous ------------------- __-34-This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) 507029 5. Invention description (32) products and it is also necessary to provide a large number of long cracks in the combined yarn £ s $ The length of the area of the second break zone is significantly shorter than the first-break = long:? = The middle filament and the length of the second break zone in the combined yarn produced at each time L2 is less than or equal to the first break n: county: κο. 6 times In the preferred embodiment, it needs to make the second # 断 4 ^ length L2 is less than or equal to the length of the first -fracture zone L1u.4 times. E ^ Nongdu 畀 has a consistent limitation, this minimum: will break almost all fiber filaments from the-zone, and this system does not need to increase the tension to a high degree, and we know that the breaking force is the length of the W region Decreasing and increasing, according to the actual bottom of the length L2 of the fracture zone 2 is L220.2L1, the logical reasoning is that it needs to make the first zone significantly longer than the $ —zone 'ϋ is known to us to break the filament The tension will decrease in the long zone. For L1 of any existing average filament length (such as the one established by the second fracture zone), it is important to reduce the required breaking force and provide a longer filament to break the force to make it appear The weakness of more filaments for breaking 'so it is necessary to have an average filament length of greater than 6.0. From the experience of the two fracture zones, it can be known that L2 is roughly twice the average filament length, or 12 inches, meaning that The maximum required L2 / L1 ratio of LW0.6 is greater than 67 > 12 or 20.0 inches. There is a relationship between the first and second fracture zones, which can ensure that the process has good operability, and the yarn has specific requirements for the length characteristics and distribution of the filaments, and provides an increased Filament end frequency. The good operability also provides a powerful high-speed operation at output speeds above 200-250 yards / minute, especially above 500 yards / minute. One of the double grip filaments L_ _ _ -35- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) Binding 507029 A7 B7—

五、發明説明 疋義將先參閱圖2做探討，以利瞭解第一及第二斷裂區之間 關係，圖2揭示一僅含有連續性長絲之纖維3〇在方向81中 移行及通過一斷裂區34a，例如圖i中之第一斷裂區34。斷 裂區34a係在二輥組42a、5 0a之間延伸過一長度Lla，輥 組42a以一第一速度Sla驅動，而輥組5〇a以高於速度Sla 弋一第二速度S2a驅動，以定義一速度比Dla = s2a/Sla。 纖維30之速度在斷裂區34a中增高，使得正進給於一上游 端85之所有連續性長絲皆斷裂成長度，雖然圖示之位 置在輥組42a之後，但是上游端85可視為在輥組42a夾縫之 刖、^後、或之内足一位置，本文内之上游係指纖維到來 之方向，而下游係指纖維欲去之方向。纖維具有一斷裂長 度，係以百分比表示且代表長絲斷裂之前所施加負荷方向 中之纖維長絲之百分比伸長量，人造抽絲纖維在拉伸前之 典型斷裂伸長量值對於聚酯可為大約3〇〇% ,且拉伸後可為 大約1 0 %。在任意時刻如圖2中之時間下，有些長絲會斷 裂，例如長絲84、86、88，而有些長絲會拉伸且尚未斷 裂，例如長絲90、92。長絲84可稱為一浮動之未控制長 絲，因為其並未由輥組42a或50a在上游端84a或丁游端 84b抓持及控制，長絲86可稱為一單一抓持之未控制長 絲，且具有一下游之未控制端，因為其僅由一輥組42&抓持 及控制’且一下游端86a未受到輥組4 2 a或5 0 a控制。若末 端8 6 a係自纖維3 0之中央區域突伸出一些距離d，則其會因 為纏繞於其中一輥而不在方向81中行進通過製程，以致於 輕組42a或5 0a處出現問題。長絲88可稱為一單一抓持之控V. Explanation of the Invention Yiyi will first discuss with reference to FIG. 2 in order to understand the relationship between the first and second fracture zones. FIG. 2 reveals that a fiber 30 containing only continuous filaments 30 moves in direction 81 and passes through a The fracture region 34a is, for example, the first fracture region 34 in FIG. The fracture zone 34a extends a length Lla between the two roller sets 42a, 50a. The roller set 42a is driven at a first speed Sla, and the roller set 50a is driven at a speed higher than the speed Sla 弋 a second speed S2a To define a speed ratio Dla = s2a / Sla. The speed of the fiber 30 is increased in the fracture zone 34a, so that all the continuous filaments being fed to an upstream end 85 are broken into lengths. Although the position shown in the figure is behind the roller group 42a, the upstream end 85 can be regarded as the roller In group 42a, the position between the back, the back, or the inner foot is as follows. In the text, upstream refers to the direction in which the fibers arrive, and downstream refers to the direction in which the fibers are intended to go. The fiber has a break length, which is expressed as a percentage and represents the percentage elongation of the fiber filaments in the direction of the load applied before the filament breaks. 300%, and can be about 10% after stretching. At any time as shown in Fig. 2, some filaments will be broken, such as filaments 84, 86, 88, and some filaments will be stretched and not yet broken, such as filaments 90, 92. The filament 84 may be referred to as a floating uncontrolled filament because it is not held and controlled by the roller group 42a or 50a at the upstream end 84a or the stub end 84b. The filament 86 may be referred to as a single grasped uncontrolled filament The control filament has a downstream uncontrolled end because it is only held and controlled by a roller set 42 & and a downstream end 86a is not controlled by the roller set 4 2a or 50a. If the end 8 6a protrudes some distance d from the central area of the fiber 30, it will not pass through the process in the direction 81 because it is wound on one of the rollers, so that a problem occurs at the light group 42a or 50a. Filament 88 can be referred to as a single grip control

A7 BT- 五、發明説明（34 ) 制長絲，其係由一輥組50a抓持及控制，且-上游端88a未 受到輥組仏或心抓持，末端，之問題小於末端_ 者，因為其係拉製過程而不像末端86a為推動狀態，末端 …也不會像末端86a一樣輕易分離於纖維中央區域。長絲 90、92可稱為雙抓持支承之長絲，因為其係在所示之瞬間 由輥組42a與50a抓持及控制，其動作有如―"鷹架"，以將 其匕未受控制I長絲纟位於纖維之中央區域内，並係在明 ’不像其它僅有單—抓持之長絲，因此其容易 :、匕長絲$緊定位於中央區域内，並限制末端—之突 在下一瞬間，長絲90、92將斷裂，但是對於其末端 86a將在下一瞬間由輥组5〇a抓持之長絲86而言，其 ，重抓持。很重要的—點是可在任__瞬間提供至少一 量之雙重抓持長絲’以保持長絲之鹰架式結構 ^ 之良好運作度。在上游端85之總長絲量係㈣雙重抓持^ 絲足里加上未控制長絲之量，即浮動且單—抓持者。. 一模型化之製程可用於預測多種製程條件下之雙 長絲量，分析式係用於一具有連續性進給長缔之… 域，模擬製程採用相同之第一原理於一多區域式製財區 而各區之進料可為連續性或非連續性， 王’ 全符合於其它區者’且單一斷裂區中之承_ 口^ 式係利用以下假設而導自第一原理： 和數以析 β進給纖維係連續性 -質量在區域中保持 -纖維速度在區域之上游及下游邊界處係予以指定 •37- 本紙張尺度義巾國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(⑽X 297公 A7A7 BT- 5. Description of the invention (34) A filament made by a roller group 50a is grasped and controlled, and-the upstream end 88a is not held by the roller group or the heart. Because it is a drawing process and is not pushed like the end 86a, the end ... will not be easily separated from the central area of the fiber like the end 86a. The filaments 90 and 92 can be referred to as double-grip-supported filaments, because they are grasped and controlled by the roller groups 42a and 50a at the instant shown, and their actions are like "" eagles " The uncontrolled I filament is located in the central area of the fiber, and is tied to the 'unlike other single-grabbing filaments, so it is easy :, the dagger filament is tightly positioned in the central area, and restricted At the end, the ends of the filaments 90, 92 will break, but for the filaments 86 whose ends 86a will be held by the roller group 50a at the next instant, they will be held again. Very important-the point is to provide at least one amount of double grip filaments at any moment to keep the eagle-frame structure of the filaments in good working order. The total filament amount at the upstream end 85 is double grip ^ The amount of uncontrolled filament is added to the silk foot, that is, floating and single-grip. A modeled process can be used to predict the amount of double filaments under a variety of process conditions. The analytical formula is used in a continuous-feed ... field. The simulated process uses the same first principle in a multi-region system. In the financial district, the feed in each zone can be continuous or discontinuous. Wang's all conform to those in other zones and the bearing in a single fault zone is derived from the first principle using the following assumptions: Analysis of the continuity of the β-feed fiber system-the quality is maintained in the region-the fiber speed is specified at the upstream and downstream boundaries of the region • 37- National Paper Standard (CNS) A4 specification (⑽X 297 male A7)

507029507029

MHz，理讀對丨嶋條長絲所得，實際上利用此系統亦可 處理高達3000條長絲。二區式斷裂製程之纖維長度分饰之 模擬係極符合於測得之分佈情形。 :請繼續參閱圖2，注视於雙重抓持之長絲量時將有助於探 討雙重^持之長絲量比較於一區域長度之上游端處之未控 制長絲量之百分比，例如長度L丨a之上游端8 5。在定義 上，雙重抓持之長絲量係在區域長度Lla之上游端85及下 游端93處呈相等，而未控制長絲量則一直在區域長度 之上游端多於下游端。在Lla之下游端，非連續性長絲之 纖維係因速度比D 1 a而已拉伸，使得纖維之丹尼一直在下 游端處呈較小。下游端一直有較多之未控制長絲需要支 承，其數量相同於雙重抓持支承之長絲量。 請即參閱圖3，其揭示一例子之模型模擬之結果，即採用 斷I£以達成一總速度比’及另一例子，即採用二斷裂 區以達成相同之總速度比，吾人已知多數區之總速度比可 利用個別£之個別速度比相乘而得（D t = d 1 X D 2 )，或計算 整體之速度比（Dt==S3/Sl)。在圖3之垂直方向比例上，其 揭示在單一區上游端處及二斷裂區之第二斷裂區上游端 處，雙重抓持支承之長絲量Ndg對未控制長絲總量Nuc之比 值（即假设二區有一最小值N d g / N u c)，針對二區之其它假設 如下： _L2 = 0.33L1 -D1=D2 -Dl>2.0 ； D2>2.0 -39 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4规格(210 X 297公釐) — 'MHz, read from a pair of filaments. In fact, this system can also process up to 3000 filaments. The simulation of the fiber length decoration of the two-zone fracture process is very consistent with the measured distribution. : Please continue to refer to Figure 2. When looking at the amount of filament held by double grip, it will help to explore the percentage of the amount of filament held by double ^ compared to the amount of uncontrolled filament at the upstream end of the length of an area, such as length L丨 a 的 上端 8 5． By definition, the amount of filament held by double grips is equal at the upstream end 85 and downstream end 93 of the area length Lla, while the uncontrolled filament amount is always more at the upstream end than the downstream end of the area length. At the downstream end of Lla, the fibers of the discontinuous filaments have been stretched due to the speed ratio D 1 a, so that the denier of the fibers has always been smaller at the downstream end. The downstream end has always had more uncontrolled filaments to support, and the number is the same as the amount of filaments with double grip support. Please refer to FIG. 3, which reveals the results of an example of model simulation, that is, using I £ to achieve a total speed ratio 'and another example, which uses two fracture zones to achieve the same total speed ratio. We know that most The total speed ratio of the zone can be obtained by multiplying the individual speed ratios of individual £ (D t = d 1 XD 2), or calculating the overall speed ratio (Dt == S3 / Sl). In the vertical scale of Fig. 3, it reveals the ratio of the amount of filament Ndg with double grip support to the total amount of uncontrolled filament Nuc at the upstream end of the single zone and the upstream end of the second fracture zone of the second fracture zone ( That is to say, the second zone has a minimum value of N dg / N uc). The other assumptions for the second zone are as follows: _L2 = 0.33L1 -D1 = D2 -Dl >2.0; D2 > 2.0 -39-This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) — '

裝 訂Binding

507029 A7 _____ Β7- 五、發明説明（37 ) -纖維在一斷裂區中之斷裂伸長量，eb = 〇.121 圖中之曲線係相關於雙重抓持長絲對未控制長絲之比值 Ndg/Nuc之總速度比，單一區例子係以虛線94表示且有菱 形點，而二區之例子係以實線96表示且有方形點。在相同 總速度比之所有條件中可以看出，二區之例子一直可提供 雙重抓持長絲對未控制長絲之一較高比值，相信其可提供 較佳之製程操作性。 請注意圖3中之單一斷裂區，吾人可見當速度比變大時， 雙重抓持長絲量即減少，且當速度比減小時，雙重抓持長 、、’糸量即增加。以此觀察於二區，吾人在取得一既有總速度 比時可發現一問題，若吾人欲藉由減低第一區中之速度比 以增加第一區中之雙重抓持長絲量’則速度比需在第二區 中增加以保持相同之總速度比，但是其將減少第二區中之 雙重抓持長絲量，此問題之關係說明於圖4中。 圖4揭示沿著圖3垂直軸線tNdg/Nuc，但是沿著水平軸 線則為二斷裂區速度比之間之關係。由於一區之速度比值1 係指進入速度等於離開速度，且無長絲發生斷裂，比值1係 當比較第一斷裂區速度比D1及第二斷裂區速度比〇2時減 去’在此例子中，第二速度比等於1，因此關係式（D 2 · i ) /(ΕΠ-1)將等於零，且曲線相交於垂直軸線之值表示單一斷 裂區之Ndg/Nuc。例如，當Dt = 25及D2=l，在垂直軸線之 值即大約等於〇·〇1，其相同於當Dt = 25時在圖3中所見之 單一區。對於圖4中二區域曲線之假設如下：507029 A7 _____ Β7- V. Description of the invention (37)-The breaking elongation of the fiber in a breaking zone, eb = 〇.121 The curve in the figure is related to the ratio of double-gripping filament to uncontrolled filament Ndg / For the total speed ratio of Nuc, an example of a single zone is indicated by a dashed line 94 with diamond points, while an example of the second zone is indicated by a solid line 96 with square points. It can be seen in all the conditions of the same overall speed ratio that the example of the second zone can always provide a higher ratio of double-gripping filaments to uncontrolled filaments, which is believed to provide better process operability. Please note the single fracture zone in Fig. 3, we can see that when the speed ratio becomes larger, the amount of double-gripping filaments decreases, and when the speed ratio decreases, the amount of double-grip filaments, ′ 糸, increases. Based on this observation in the second zone, we can find a problem when we obtain an existing total speed ratio. If we want to increase the amount of double grasped filaments in the first zone by reducing the speed ratio in the first zone, then The speed ratio needs to be increased in the second zone to maintain the same overall speed ratio, but it will reduce the amount of double gripping filaments in the second zone. The relationship of this problem is illustrated in FIG. 4. Fig. 4 reveals the relationship between tNdg / Nuc along the vertical axis of Fig. 3, but the speed ratio of the two fracture zones along the horizontal axis. Since the speed ratio 1 in the first zone means that the entering speed is equal to the exit speed, and no filament breaks, the ratio 1 is that when comparing the speed ratio D1 in the first fracture zone and the speed ratio 〇2 in the second fracture zone, subtract 'in this example In this case, the second speed ratio is equal to 1, so the relationship (D 2 · i) / (ΕΠ-1) will be equal to zero, and the value where the curve intersects the vertical axis represents the Ndg / Nuc of a single fracture zone. For example, when Dt = 25 and D2 = 1, the value on the vertical axis is approximately equal to 0.001, which is the same as the single region seen in Fig. 3 when Dt = 25. The assumptions for the two-region curve in Figure 4 are as follows:

Dt = 25 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(2iQ χ 297公爱)Dt = 25 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2iQ χ 297 public love)

裝 訂Binding

線 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（38 ) D 1 > =2.0 ； D2 > =2.0 L2 = 〇.33Ll eb = 〇.l 由於第二區速度比係在分子，因此第二區之曲線1〇〇具有 圖3之曲線形狀，而第一區速度比係在分母，因此第一區之 曲線9 8形狀為圖3形狀之相反。沿著水平軸線移動，吾人 即可看出二區域其中一者之Ndg/Nuci最小值（其決定一操 作性限制）係由粗實心線1〇2表示，其包括Ndg/Nue值小於 大約0.7之第一區曲線98之一部分104及包括Ndg/Nuc值大 於大約0.7之第二區曲線1〇〇之一部分1〇6。若〇.〇2或2%係 設定為線108所代表之Ndg/Nue之要求最小值，此表示大約 〇·2(虛線11〇相交於水平軸線之處）與2 0(虛線112相交於水 平轴線之處）之間之（D2-1)/(D1-1)值保持在此圖表所示之 條件，理想條件大約為〇·?(虛線丨14相交於水平軸線之 處），即二區域皆具有大約〇·〇4或4%之Ndg/Nue值。 Ndg/Nuc值在（D2- 1 )/(D 1 - 1)之0.7理想值以下即迅速降 低’而在0.7以上則減緩降低，Ndg/Nuc值亦在大約5.0之 (D2-1)/(D1-1)值外，因此，（D2-1)/(D1-1)之上限較無 下限重要，以確保使用二斷裂區之拉伸斷裂製程之良好操 作性。 模型化之模擬方法係施加於其它二區式例子，且用於探 究（D2-1)/(D1-1)最佳值之敏感度，以加大雙重抓持纖維 量’而給予一可接受之供良好操作性。圖5揭示 對於纖維之斷裂伸長量變數之敏感度，三條不同之曲線係 _____-41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇X297公釐) A7 B7- 五、發明説明（39 ) 相似圖4中之曲線’各曲線代表纖維之斷裂伸|量h之—不 同值，代表eb = 〇.i之曲線正好相同於圖4中之曲線三 線之假設如下： μLine A7 B7- V. Explanation of the invention (38) D 1 > = 2.0; D2 > = 2.0 L2 = 0.33Ll eb = 〇.l Since the speed ratio of the second zone is in the molecule, the curve 1 in the second zone 〇〇 has the shape of the curve of Figure 3, and the speed ratio of the first zone is in the denominator, so the curve 98 shape of the first zone is the opposite of the shape of Figure 3. Moving along the horizontal axis, we can see that the minimum Ndg / Nuci value of one of the two regions (which determines an operational limit) is represented by a thick solid line 102, which includes Ndg / Nue values less than about 0.7. A portion 104 of the first region curve 98 and a portion 106 of the second region curve 100 including a Ndg / Nuc value greater than about 0.7. If 0.02 or 2% is set to the required minimum value of Ndg / Nue represented by line 108, this means that approximately 0.2 (where the dotted line 110 intersects the horizontal axis) and 2 0 (the dotted line 112 intersects the horizontal The value of (D2-1) / (D1-1) between the axes) is kept at the condition shown in this chart. The ideal condition is about 0 ·? (Where the dotted line 丨 14 intersects the horizontal axis), that is, two The regions all have Ndg / Nue values of about 0.004 or 4%. The Ndg / Nuc value decreases rapidly below the ideal value of 0.7 in (D2- 1) / (D 1-1) ', and slows down when it is above 0.7. The Ndg / Nuc value is also about 5.0 (D2-1) / ( D1-1) value, therefore, the upper limit of (D2-1) / (D1-1) is more important than the lower limit to ensure the good operability of the tensile fracture process using the two fracture zone. The modeled simulation method is applied to other two-zone examples and is used to explore the sensitivity of the optimal value of (D2-1) / (D1-1) in order to increase the amount of double-grip fiber and give an acceptable For good operability. Figure 5 reveals the sensitivity to the elongation at break of the fiber. Three different curves are _____- 41-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) A7 B7- V. Description of the invention (39) Similar to the curve in FIG. 4, each curve represents the elongation of the fiber | the amount of h—different values, and the curve representing eb = 〇.i is exactly the same as the three lines of the curve in FIG. 4 The assumption is as follows: μ

Dt = 2 5Dt = 2 5

Dl> = 2.0 ； D2> = 2.0 L2 = 0.33L1 可以看出雙重抓持纖維量係隨著〜由〇〇5增大至〇i5而增 加，但是理想之值仍大約為〇·7，即虛線 116通過各對區域曲線與水平軸線之相交點處。若吾人希望 改善一既有二斷裂區製程之操作性，則可保持所有製程變 數，但是e b除外，並且添加一些具有高纖維斷裂伸長量之 纖維以改善操作性，惟，此舉可能改變紗線製品之性質。 圖6揭示對於區域長度變數比之敏感度，三條不同之曲線 係相似圖4中之曲線，各曲線代表斷裂區長度]12對1^1比值 之一不同值，L2 = 0.33L1 —值即相同於圖4中曲線，三條曲 線之假設如下：Dl > = 2.0; D2 > = 2.0 L2 = 0.33L1 It can be seen that the amount of double-gripping fiber increases with ~ from 〇05 to 〇i5, but the ideal value is still about 0.7, which is a dotted line 116 passes through the intersection of each pair of area curves with the horizontal axis. If we want to improve the operability of the process with one and two fracture zones, we can keep all process variables, except for eb, and add some fibers with high fiber break elongation to improve operability, but this may change the yarn The nature of the product. Figure 6 reveals the sensitivity to the ratio of the area length variable. The three different curves are similar to those in Figure 4. Each curve represents the length of the fracture zone.] One of the 12 to 1 ^ 1 ratios has a different value, L2 = 0.33L1 — the value is the same. In the curve in Figure 4, the assumptions for the three curves are as follows:

Dt = 25Dt = 25

Dl>2.0 ； D2>2.0 eb = 〇.l 對於區域1，所有曲線皆相同且上下相疊，可以看出雙重抓 持纖維量（Ndg/Nuc之比值）僅隨著L2由0.5L1減小至0.25L1 而略為增加，同時（D2-1)/(D1-1)之理想值僅自大約〇.5略 為改變至大約0·8。（D2-1 )/(D 1 - 1)中之改變可見於虛線 11 8通過各對區域曲線L 2 = 0 · 5 L 1與水平軸線之相交點處以 _-42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 __ BT~ 五、發明説明（40 ) 及虛線120通過各對區域曲線L2 = 〇.25Ll與水平軸線之相交 點處之間’在一斷裂區製程中似乎藉由L 2由〇 · 5 L 1減小至 0 · 2 5 L 1而改變L 2與L 1之間比值即可略為改善製程之操作 性0 圖7揭示對於總速度比變數之敏感度，三條不同之曲線係 相似圖4中之曲線，各曲線代表總速度比D t之一不同值， 代表Dt = 25之曲線正好相同於圖4中之曲線，三條曲線之假 設如下： e b = 0· 1Dl> 2.0; D2> 2.0 eb = 〇.l For area 1, all the curves are the same and overlap each other. It can be seen that the amount of double-gripping fibers (Ndg / Nuc ratio) only decreases from 0.5L1 to 0.25L1 increased slightly, while the ideal value of (D2-1) / (D1-1) only slightly changed from about 0.5 to about 0.8. The changes in (D2-1) / (D 1-1) can be seen in the dashed line 11 8 Pass the pairs of regional curves L 2 = 0 · 5 L 1 at the intersection of the horizontal axis with _-42- This paper scale applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 __ BT ~ V. Description of the invention (40) and dashed line 120 pass through each pair of area curves L2 = 0.25Ll and the intersection of the horizontal axis. It seems that the process operability can be improved slightly by changing the ratio between L 2 and L 1 by reducing L 2 from 0.5 L 1 to 0 2 5 L 1 in the process of the fracture zone. The sensitivity of the variables, the three different curves are similar to the curve in Figure 4, each curve represents a different value of the total speed ratio D t, the curve representing Dt = 25 is exactly the same as the curve in Figure 4, the assumptions of the three curves are as follows : Eb = 0 · 1

Dl>2.0 ； D2>2.0 L2 = 0.33L1 可以看出雙重抓持纖維量係隨著D t由5 0減小至4而增加， 但疋理想之（D2-1)/(D1-1)值仍大約為〇·7，即虛線122通 過各對區域曲線與水平軸線之相交點處。若吾人希望改善 一既有二斷裂區製程之操作性，則可保持所有製程變數， 但是Dt除外，並且減小Dt以改善操作性，由於製程之生產 率極為依存於D t，惟，此改善操作性之改變可能使製程較 不經濟。 圖8係抗伸-斷裂製程線之另一實施例正視簡示圖，包括 一拉伸區124加入具有一第一斷裂區34、一第二斷裂區 3 6、及一結合區3 8之圖1實施例中，拉伸區亦可做為一退 火區，而包含有圖1所示多數纖維3〇a、3〇b、3〇c之纖維 30目前正在一製程上游端126進給通過一第零輥組128，第 零輥組包含輥130、132、134，輥132利用一習知之馬達/ ^7---------~ - 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公袭)Dl >2.0; D2 > 2.0 L2 = 0.33L1 It can be seen that the amount of double-gripping fiber increases as D t decreases from 50 to 4, but the ideal value is (D2-1) / (D1-1) It is still about 0.7, that is, the dotted line 122 passes through the intersection of each pair of area curves with the horizontal axis. If we want to improve the operability of the existing two-fracture process, all process variables can be maintained, except for Dt, and Dt can be reduced to improve operability. Since the productivity of the process is highly dependent on D t, this improved operation Sexual changes may make the process less economical. FIG. 8 is a schematic front view of another embodiment of an anti-stretch-fracture process line, including a drawing of a tensile region 124 with a first fracture region 34, a second fracture region 36, and a bonding region 38. In an embodiment, the stretching zone can also be used as an annealing zone, and the fiber 30 containing most of the fibers 30a, 30b, and 30c shown in FIG. 1 is currently being fed through the upstream end 126 of a process through a The zeroth roller group 128, the zeroth roller group includes rollers 130, 132, and 134. The rollers 132 use a conventional motor / ^ 7 --------- ~-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 attack)

線 507029 A7 B7' 五、發明説明（41 ) 齒輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定速度驅動，輥130、 134則藉由接觸於輥132而驅動。纖維3〇隨後進給至第一輥 組4 2，藉此定義輥組128、4 2之間之拉伸區124 ^拉伸區 124具有一長度L4於輥132、134之夾缝與輥44、46之夾缝 之間，且前一夾缝係位於二輥中心點之間之一線丨36上，而 後一夾缝係位於二輥中心點之間之一線138上。拉伸區124 内之纖維係藉由輥組128之進給速度sf及大於速度Sf之輥 組4 2第一速度S 1驅動纖維而增加速度，纖維在二辕組 128、42處之速度比較即定義出一第一速度比D4==sl/sf。 輥與纖維之間不應該有任何滑失，因此，在從動輥132處之 纖維速度與輥表面速度應該相同，且在從動輥4 6處之纖維 速度與輥表面速度應該相同。 拉伸區124内可設有一纖維加熱器丨4〇，其可採用多種型 式·本文所TF之型式為一弧形表面142，其接觸纖維超過一 4又距離了藉由改憂纖維依循於表面14 2之派長而變化之。 對於在上游端126依一既有纖維速度及一既有拉伸速度比 D4足較長加熱時間而言，弧及接觸長度可較長。纖維之拉 伸會在纖維曝露於拉伸區124内之張力時立即發生，因此對 於某些聚合物而言，纖維之拉伸或伸長會發生在纖維離開 士游輕《夾縫時’例如輥132、134。對於某些聚合物而 T，拉伸發生在一極短之長度，例如小於1.0吋，在此例子 中，加熱器用於令拉伸之纖維退火而非加熱拉針對此 型纖維’若需要加熱則輥132、134可加熱。其它聚合物可 以不拉伸，直到其藉由接觸於加熱器丨4〇表面而受熱。拉伸 本紙張尺度適用中國國 ^yj / \)Ay A7Line 507029 A7 B7 'V. Description of the invention (41) The gear box and controller (not shown) are driven at a predetermined speed, and the rollers 130 and 134 are driven by contacting the roller 132. The fiber 30 is then fed to the first roller group 42, thereby defining the stretching zone 124 between the roller groups 128, 42. The stretching zone 124 has a length L4 between the gap between the rollers 132 and 134 and the roller 44. , 46, and the previous one is located on a line 138 between the center points of the two rollers, and the next one is located on a line 138 between the center points of the two rollers. The fibers in the drawing zone 124 increase the speed by the feeding speed sf of the roller group 128 and the roller group 4 which is greater than the speed Sf. The first speed S 1 drives the fibers to increase the speed. That is, a first speed ratio D4 == sl / sf is defined. There should be no slippage between the roller and the fiber. Therefore, the fiber speed at the driven roller 132 and the roller surface speed should be the same, and the fiber speed at the driven roller 46 and the roller surface speed should be the same. There can be a fiber heater in the stretching zone 124, which can adopt a variety of types. The type of TF described herein is an arc surface 142, which contacts the fiber more than 4 and is away from the surface by changing the fiber. 14 The faction of 2 changed. For the heating time at the upstream end 126 based on an existing fiber speed and an existing drawing speed longer than D4, the arc and contact length can be longer. The stretching of the fiber occurs immediately when the fiber is exposed to the tension in the stretching zone 124. Therefore, for some polymers, the stretching or elongation of the fiber will occur when the fiber leaves Shiyou Qing. "When it is in the gap," such as roller 132 , 134. For some polymers, T, stretching occurs at a very short length, such as less than 1.0 inch. In this example, the heater is used to anneal the stretched fiber instead of heating. For this type of fiber, 'if heating is required, The rollers 132, 134 can be heated. Other polymers may not be stretched until they are heated by contacting the surface of the heater. Stretch This paper size is applicable to China ^ yj / \) Ay A7

品^長度並不重要’其基本上之尺寸為配合加熱裝置140。 在^作拉伸區《某些例子中’纖維可拉伸而不加熱（加熱器 斷笔及、、宿回而不接觸纖維），且在其它例子中，纖維可在拉 伸製程期間加熱。在某些例子中’纖維可具有—大約為工之 拉伸速度比，且纖維僅加熱而不拉伸，在此例子中，拉伸 區功能如同一退火區。The length of the product is not important, and its basic size is matched with the heating device 140. In the drawing zone "in some cases, the fiber can be stretched without heating (heater breaks the pen, and sinks without contacting the fiber), and in other examples, the fiber can be heated during the drawing process. In some examples, the 'fibers' can have a draw speed ratio of about the same, and the fibers are heated only without stretching. In this example, the stretched zone functions as the same annealed zone.

4伸區及拉伸纖維可視為拉伸連續性長絲纖維，使得 基本上無長絲斷裂；丨絲仍i連續性，而力口熱纖維可以或 不I括於拉伸中。一退火區及退火纖維可視為退火一連續 f或非連續性長絲纖維，並且拘限纖維長度無顯著之拉 伸，其並τ包括少量纖維過度進給至退火區# ,而此處之 D4略小於丨〇。 訂The 4-stretched area and the drawn fibers can be regarded as drawn continuous filament fibers, so that there is basically no filament breakage; the filaments are still continuous, and the thermal fiber may or may not be included in the drawing. An annealing zone and annealed fibers can be regarded as annealing a continuous f or discontinuous filament fiber, and the length of the restricted fiber is not significantly stretched, and the combination τ includes a small amount of fiber overfeed to the annealing zone #, and D4 here Slightly smaller than 丨 〇. Order

線 一利用圖8之製程，其可製出一新產物，製程包含進給至少 、種不同纖維且在斷裂區内斷裂之前先將之結合，纖維之 差異為每一長絲中不同丹尼量，其中一纖維具有小於〇.9之 2長絲丹尼量，而其它纖維則具有大於15之每長絲丹尼 二纖維一起通過斷裂及結合區，二不同纖維可藉由織 。具有一不同每長絲丹尼量（dpf)之單一纖維束或織合具有 二不同dpf之二不同纖維束，以結合成一進給紗線。在拉伸 區中，纖維之斷裂伸長量應相似，若此有問題，則其中一 纖維可做局部預先拉伸以相互配合，或二纖維可全做預先 拉伸且纖維進給通過拉伸區而不拉伸。此一新產物之優點 在於紗線之結構勁度可由較大dpf纖維決定，同時柔軟度可 由較小dpf之纖維控制，此可解決某些小dpf纖維具有良好 K張尺國家標準(^^4規格(210><29^ 507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（43 ) 手感便是製成一織物時卻又過於鬆軟之缺點。 圖9係抗伸·斷裂製程線之另一實施例正視簡示圖，包括 一拉引區144加入具有一拉伸區124、一第一斷裂區34、一 第二斷裂區36、及一結合區38之圖8實施例中，拉引區144 係加入於第二斷裂區3 6及一結合區3 8之間。離開圖8第二 斷裂區3 6之纖維3 0現在進給至輥組6 2後之拉引區，纖維3 〇 隨後進給至包含輥150、152之第五輥組148，藉此定義輕 組62、148之間之拉引區144。輥152利用一習知之馬達/齒 輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而依一預定速度驅動，輥15〇則藉 由接觸於輕152而驅動。拉引區144具有一長度L5於輥 62、68之夾缝與輥150、152之夾缝之間，且前一夾缝係位 於二輥中心點之間之一線8 0上。拉引區144内之纖維係藉 由輥組62之進給速度S3及大於速度S3之輥組148第五速度 S 5驅動纖維而增加速度，纖維在二輥組62、148處之速度 比較即定義出一第一速度比D5 = S5/S3。由於輥與纖維之 間不應該有任何滑失，因此，在從動輥66處之纖維速度與 輥表面速度應該相同，且在從動輥152處之纖維速度與輥表 面速度應該相同。長度L5應該大致等長於相鄰上游斷裂區 者，即此例子中之第二斷裂區長度L 2，此條件表示極少纖 維在拉引區中斷裂，反而是來自第二斷裂區之纖維之不連 續性長絲將相互滑過，以依成比例於拉引比D 5而減少纖維 之丹尼量。在某些例子中，一控制之長絲量可斷裂以製成 一較均勾之紗線，其方式相同於Scheerer多人之w〇 98/48088號PCT申請案中所述用於均勾拉引一纖維之短定 __—----- 46 - _ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) --- 507029 A7 __ BT- 五、發明説明（44 ) 長短長絲之方法，此一系統亦見於MurataMachinery，Ltd.出 版之"Murata Jet Spinner” 型錄 CAT· NO· 22P432 97-l-4(NS) 内。 一拉引區及拉引纖維可視為在一區中增加纖維速度，其 主要目的在減少不連續性長絲五之丹尼，使得8 〇 %以上之 纖維仍為其相同長度，亦即2 0 %以下之纖維斷裂。拉引區 只要位於結合區上游，則可在多個位置，例如可在第一斷 裂區及第二斷裂區之間。 圖8所示之一製程操作且資料收集以決定良好操作性之限 制，其繪示於圖10中，圖1〇揭示圖4之曲線，且左垂直轴 線擴大及右垂直軸線加入以供繪製用於找出良好操作性限 制之某些實際製程例子。當製程開始及運作拉伸已斷裂之 纖維達至少5分鐘，且一輸入速度為每分鐘1碼（自第二斷裂 區之輸出速度受限於機器而考量為大約i5〇ypni)，良好操 作性即可指示出，而當製程中之纖維長絲纏繞於任意輥時 則指示出不良操作性。結合步驟係經省略以簡化製程，因 為此步驟通常對於運作問題無顯著助益。纖維係自輥組 62(圖8)後之製程中抽出，且由一廢品吸取槍拉緊，張力指 示於第一斷裂區L1内之一位置，且利用一導引件接附於一 略與纖維接觸之負荷單元而在一相距於L丨上游端大約6吋 位置處。當進行低速比之運作時張力訊號即監視其變化率 及尖波，張力尖波大於2倍之額定張力訊號，其發生於每分 鐘二次以上之頻率處，此即表示不良操作性及脈衝操作， 而不論製程是否在5分鐘内中斷。在所有測試運作中之變數Line 1 uses the process of FIG. 8 to produce a new product. The process includes feeding at least different kinds of fibers and combining them before breaking in the fracture zone. The difference in fibers is the different denier content in each filament. One of the fibers has a filament denier content of less than 0.9, and the other fibers have greater than 15 filament denier per filament. The two fibers pass through the fracture and bonding zone together, and two different fibers can be woven. A single fiber bundle having a different amount of dpf per filament (dpf) or weaving two different fiber bundles having two different dpf to combine into one feed yarn. In the stretching zone, the elongation at break of the fibers should be similar. If there is a problem, one of the fibers can be partially pre-stretched to cooperate with each other, or the two fibers can be fully pre-stretched and the fiber feed passes through the stretching zone. Without stretching. The advantage of this new product is that the structural stiffness of the yarn can be determined by the larger dpf fibers, and the softness can be controlled by the smaller dpf fibers. (210 > < 29 ^ 507029 A7 B7- V. Explanation of the invention (43) The hand feel is the disadvantage of being too soft when made into a fabric. Fig. 9 is a schematic illustration of another embodiment of a process line for tensile and fracture resistance. The figure includes a pull-in region 144 added to the drawing region having a tensile region 124, a first fracture region 34, a second fracture region 36, and a bonding region 38 in the embodiment of FIG. Between the second fracture zone 36 and the first junction zone 38. The fiber 30 leaving the second fracture zone 36 of Fig. 8 is now fed to the drawing area after the roller group 62, and the fiber 30 is then fed to the containing roller. The fifth roller group 148 of 150 and 152 defines the drawing area 144 between the light groups 62 and 148. The roller 152 uses a conventional motor / gear box and controller (not shown) at a predetermined speed. Driven, the roller 15 is driven by contact with the light 152. The pull-out area 144 has a length L5 between the gap between the rollers 62 and 68 and the roller 15 Between the gaps between 0 and 152, and the previous gap is located on a line 8 between the center points of the two rollers. The fibers in the drawing area 144 are fed by the feeding speed S3 and greater than the speed S3 of the roller group 62. The fifth speed S 5 of the roller group 148 drives the fiber and increases the speed. The speed comparison of the fibers at the second roller group 62 and 148 defines a first speed ratio D5 = S5 / S3. Since there should be no between the roller and the fiber Any slippage, therefore, the fiber speed at the driven roller 66 and the roller surface speed should be the same, and the fiber speed at the driven roller 152 should be the same as the roller surface speed. The length L5 should be approximately equal to the length of the adjacent upstream fracture zone That is, the length of the second fracture zone L 2 in this example. This condition indicates that very few fibers break in the drawing zone, but the discontinuous filaments of the fibers from the second fracture zone will slide over each other to form Reduces the amount of denier in the fiber in proportion to the draw ratio D 5. In some examples, a controlled amount of filaments can be broken to make a more even hook yarn, in the same way as Scheerer's many people. Short set for uniformly drawing a fiber as described in PCT Application No. 98/48088 __ ----- 46-_ This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) --- 507029 A7 __ BT- V. Description of the invention (44) The method of long and short filaments, this system also Found in Murata Jet Spinner's catalog "Murata Jet Spinner" published by Murata Machinery, Ltd., CAT · NO · 22P432 97-l-4 (NS). A draw zone and draw fiber can be regarded as increasing fiber speed in a zone. The goal is to reduce the denier of discontinuous filaments, so that more than 80% of the fibers are still the same length, that is, less than 20% of the fibers are broken. The pull-in region may be located at a plurality of positions as long as it is upstream of the bonding region, for example, it may be between the first fracture region and the second fracture region. One of the process operations shown in Figure 8 and the data collection to determine the limits of good operability are shown in Figure 10, Figure 10 reveals the curve of Figure 4, and the left vertical axis is enlarged and the right vertical axis is added for drawing Some practical process examples used to find good operability limitations. When the process starts and the operation stretches the broken fiber for at least 5 minutes, and an input speed is 1 yard per minute (the output speed from the second fracture zone is limited by the machine and the consideration is about i50ypni), good operability It can be indicated, and when the fiber filaments in the manufacturing process are wound around any roller, poor operability is indicated. The bonding steps are omitted to simplify the process, as the steps usually do not contribute significantly to operational issues. The fiber is extracted from the process after the roller group 62 (Figure 8) and is tightened by a waste suction gun, the tension is indicated at a position in the first fracture zone L1, and a guide is attached to a slightly The fiber contacts the load cell at a position about 6 inches from the upstream end of L1. When operating at a low speed ratio, the tension signal monitors its rate of change and spikes. The tension spike with a tension spike greater than 2 times the rated tension signal occurs at a frequency of more than two times per minute, which indicates poor operability and pulse operation. Regardless of whether the process is interrupted within 5 minutes. Variables in all test operations

五、發明説明（45 係保持固定如下： eb = 2.38進給纖維 eb = 0.12於斷裂區 L2 = 0.33L 1 Ll=48吋；L2=16吋 L4 = 66.25 忖 拉伸速度比D4 = 2.43 拉伸長度L 4 = 112 拉伸溫度=1 88 °C於一 1 2吋之接觸表面上 進給材料係7320丹尼連續性長絲聚酯之三條纖維，各來 自一捲繞綑Dl、D2皆改變以取得最大整體速度比〇〖，其 藉由設定D 1於一值及改變D 2，直到製程不運作時為止。無 操作性中斷之最後運作點為圖丨〇中所繪示之良好操作性 點，其係最大Dt與（D2-1)/(D1-1)之函數，圖1〇A揭示所 收集到之資料，圖1 〇 A中圈形之資料點係圖i 〇中所繪示 者。鄰次於各圈形資料點者為Dt值，而括弧中為（D24) /(D 1 -1 )值，最大總速度比之所有圈形資料點皆落在 D t - 2 0 X及D t = 5 0 X曲線之間，針對多數總拉伸比而用於 (D 2 · 1) / (D 1 - 1) = 〇 · 7理想操作點之一曲線亦揭示於1 $ 5，沿 此線之良好操作性之最大總速度比係發現於點1 5 7之 42.8X。對於不同材料及不同區域長度而言，這些資料應該 不同。用於纖維上之精細加工亦為操作性之考量，過多精 細加工及在拉伸區中之獨立長絲移動性與斷裂會有反效 果，且完成之纖維發生斷裂；過少精細加工及靜電則會造 ---—---· HO - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS) A4規格(210 X 297公董) 507029 A7 — _ _ BT^___ 五、發明説明（46 ) 成問題及增加輕之纏繞。精細加工度以小於0 · 1 %為佳，最 佳為小於0.04%，具有〇.〇4 %精細加工度之成品包含脂肪酸 之乙埽氧化物凝縮物、乙氧酸酯、覆以壬酸之丙氧酸酯 醇、磷酸酯之鉀鹽、及磷酸酯之胺鹽等之混合物，有些聚 合物如聚芳基醯氨及氟聚合物並不需要任何精細加工。可 用於拉伸斷裂纖維之其它精細加工係見於Adams之》778號 案及Hirose多人之58[1983]-44787號日本專利申請案中。 復參閱圖1 0，將資料點連接於線158可供吾人比較測試資 料於圖4之模擬曲線9 8、100，可以看出實際之操作性資料 (實驗值）係依循於由理想操作點（D2-1 )/(D 1 -1 )=大約〇·7 模擬所示之大致趨勢，其相同於虛線丨丨4所定義者。 可用於操作圖1、8、9所示製程之裝置係揭示於圖！ ！ 中’進給纖維3 0係由一或多個散裝纖維之容器16〇供給， 或者進給纖維可由一或多個捲繞綑16 2進給。纖維3 〇通過 一些斷裂導引件164，其可用於攜合纖維之多數末端及容許 纖維分佈於一平坦之緞帶上，纖維隨後移行過一導引輥166 及到達一含有四枚輥168、170、172、174之輥組128a以及 一夾捏輥175，以利於纖維穿過期間可在一拉伸區124之上 游端緊緊抓持紗線。所有輥168- 174皆利用一習知之馬達/ 齒輪箱及控制器（圖中未示）而驅動，夹捏棍175則藉由接觸 於輥168而驅動。拉伸區124之下游端係由另一輥組42a定 義，輥組包含四牧輥176、178、18〇、182以及一啟始夾捏 輕m，所有輥176- 184皆利用一習知之馬達/齒輪箱及控制 器（圖中未示）而㈣，啟始夾捏輥184貝,J藉由接觸於輥182V. Description of the invention (45 series are kept fixed as follows: eb = 2.38 feed fiber eb = 0.12 in the fracture zone L2 = 0.33L 1 Ll = 48 inches; L2 = 16 inches L4 = 66.25 忖 stretching speed ratio D4 = 2.43 stretching Length L 4 = 112 Stretching temperature = 88 ° C on a 12-inch contact surface The feed material is three fibers of 7320 denier continuous filament polyester, each coming from a winding bundle Dl, D2 In order to obtain the maximum overall speed ratio, it is set to a value of D 1 and change D 2 until the process is not operating. The last operating point without operational interruption is the good operability shown in Figure 丨 〇 Point, which is a function of the maximum Dt and (D2-1) / (D1-1). Figure 10A reveals the collected data, and the circled data points in Figure 10A are shown in Figure i. The Dt value is next to each circle data point, and the value in brackets is (D24) / (D 1 -1). All circle data points with the maximum total speed ratio fall on D t-2 0 X And D t = 5 0 X curve, one of the ideal operating points for (D 2 · 1) / (D 1-1) = 〇 · 7 for most total stretch ratios is also revealed at 1 $ 5, Good practice along this line The maximum total speed ratio is found at 42.8X at point 1 5 7. For different materials and different area lengths, these data should be different. Fine processing on fibers is also a consideration of operability. The mobility and breakage of the independent filaments in the stretching zone will have an adverse effect, and the completed fiber will break; too little fine processing and static electricity will create --------- HO-This paper size applies to Chinese national standards ( CMS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public directors) 507029 A7 — _ _ BT ^ ___ V. Description of the invention (46) It is a problem and increases light entanglement. The fine processing degree is preferably less than 0 · 1%, and the best is less than 0.04%, the finished product with a fineness of 0.04% includes acetic acid oxide condensate of fatty acid, ethoxylate, propanoate alcohol coated with nonanoic acid, potassium salt of phosphate, and phosphate ester Mixtures of amine salts, etc., some polymers such as polyarylamide and fluoropolymers do not require any fine processing. Other fine processing that can be used to stretch broken fibers is found in Adams No. 778 and Hirose 58 [1983] -44787 In Japanese Patent Application Referring to Figure 10 again, connecting the data points to line 158 allows us to compare the test data to the simulated curves 9 and 100 in Figure 4. It can be seen that the actual operational data (experimental values) follow the ideal operating point ( D2-1) / (D 1 -1) = approximately the approximate trend shown in the simulation, which is the same as defined by the dashed line 丨 丨 4. The devices that can be used to operate the process shown in Figures 1, 8, and 9 are shown in the figure! !! The medium feed fiber 30 is supplied from one or more bulk fiber containers 160, or the feed fiber may be fed from one or more winding bales 162. The fiber 30 passes through some break guides 164, which can be used to carry most of the ends of the fiber and allow the fiber to be distributed on a flat ribbon. The fiber then moves through a guide roller 166 and reaches a four-roller roller 168, Roller groups 128a of 170, 172, and 174, and a pinch roller 175 are provided to facilitate gripping the yarn tightly at the upstream end of a stretching zone 124 during fiber passing. All the rollers 168-174 are driven by a conventional motor / gearbox and controller (not shown), and the pinch roller 175 is driven by contacting the roller 168. The downstream end of the stretching zone 124 is defined by another roller group 42a. The roller group includes four grazing rollers 176, 178, 180, 182, and an initial pinch light m. All the rollers 176-184 use a known motor. / Gearbox and controller (not shown), the pinch roller 184 begun, J by contacting the roller 182

B7 五、發明説明（47 ) 而驅動，其係用於使纖維開始通過製程，及縮回脫離於輥 1 82。輥組128a、42 a之間為一具有弧形表面142之電熱器 140 ’其對紗線具有一可變之接觸長度，如圖8所示，一電 源（圖中未示）接於電熱器。 輥組4 2 a之後為一在下游端具有輥組5 0 a之第一斷裂區 34，其相同於圖1、8中之輥組50，在第一斷裂區34内為一 靜電中和桿1 86，且鄰近於拉伸及拉伸·斷裂纖維3 〇 ;及一 旋轉噴射口 18 8供纖維3 0通過於此。靜電中和桿係由一電 源（圖中未示）供電，且由Simco所售之ME 100型。點源靜電 消除裝置如裝置1 87可替代或額外於桿1 86使用，以利控制 靜電，特別是在輥組附近者。當纖維中之長絲在斷裂區3 4 内斷裂及拉伸成一較小丹尼之纖維時，其即相互摩擦及產 生一相斥性之靜電荷’致使長絲末端自纖維之中央區域排 出’此纖維即鬆弛且突出端具有纖維斷離及鬆開之長絲纏 繞於其中一下游輥等問題。如上所述，其中一種解決此問 題之方式為正確使用金屬表面於某些夾捏輥上，另一種解 決此問題之方式為將斷裂區中及鄰近出口夾捏輥處之鬆弛 長絲端聚攏，並且將之導引向纖維芯體，使得芯體周側橫 向中之私他端拘限於相距芯體中心之一距離内，且該距離 不大於芯體中心至斷裂區出口夾捏輥各端之距離，以利減 少鬆弛端纏繞於出口夾捏輥上。使用此控制方法於第一斷 裂區内係十分重要，因為此處之鬆弛長絲長度較長，且在 一較長之長度上並無支承。此亦有利於使用此方法於第二 斷裂區’因為此處仍有鬆他長絲。一旋轉喷射口 188為達成 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029B7 V. Invention description (47) It is used to drive the fiber through the process and retract from the roller 182. Between the roller sets 128a, 42a is an electric heater 140 'with an arc-shaped surface 142, which has a variable contact length to the yarn. As shown in FIG. 8, a power source (not shown) is connected to the electric heater . After the roller group 4 2 a is a first fracture region 34 having a roller group 50 a at the downstream end, which is the same as the roller group 50 in FIGS. 1 and 8. In the first fracture region 34 is an electrostatic neutralizing rod. 1 86, and is adjacent to the drawing and stretching · breaking fiber 30; and a rotary jet port 18 8 for the fiber 30 to pass therethrough. The static neutralization rod is powered by a power source (not shown) and is a Model ME 100 sold by Simco. Point source static elimination devices such as device 1 87 can be used in place of or in addition to rod 1 86 to control static electricity, especially near rollers. When the filaments in the fiber break and stretch into a smaller denier fiber within the fracture zone 3 4, they rub against each other and generate a repulsive electrostatic charge 'cause the end of the filament to be discharged from the central area of the fiber' This fiber is slack and the protruding end has the problems of filament breakage and loose filament entangled in one of the downstream rollers. As mentioned above, one way to solve this problem is to properly use metal surfaces on some pinch rollers, and another way to solve this problem is to gather the ends of the slack filaments in the fracture zone and near the exit pinch rollers, And guide it to the fiber core, so that the private end in the lateral direction of the core is limited to a distance from the center of the core, and the distance is not greater than the center of the core to the ends of the pinch rollers at the exit of the fracture zone. Distance to reduce the slack end around the exit pinch roller. It is important to use this control method in the first fracture zone because the slack filaments here are longer and unsupported over a longer length. It is also advantageous to use this method in the second fracture zone 'because there is still loose filaments here. A rotary jet nozzle 188 to achieve -50- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029

此方法之其中一方式。One way of this method.

請即參閱圖12，旋轉噴射口 188注入一氣態流體噴射，以 緩和地旋轉鬆弛長絲於纖維之中央區域或纖維芯體周側， 其係呈一平坦之緞狀結構，旋轉噴射口將詳示於圖12中。 旋轉嘴射口 188包含一主體192，主體具有一上游端194、 一下游端196、及一延伸於主體192全長之筒形孔198。纖 維3 0依其路徑通過孔198至輥組50a(參閱圖1 1)，一流體通 道200延伸通過主體且連通於主體上游端194之孔198，流 體通道相交於該孔，使得流體大致呈切向於孔及斜角於主 體下游端196，依此使得一以螺旋形流動路徑2 〇 2表示之逆 時針方向旋轉流體（如端196處者）產生於孔198内。此流體 易於將延伸自纖維3 0中央區域之鬆弛長絲纏繞於纖維芯 體’而減少可能纏繞於下游輥上之長鬆弛端，纏繞之長絲 係鬆弛地聚撤於纖維芯體周側。為了方便起見，一穿線長 孔204沿著孔198之長度而提供於主體192内，以利將纖維 30穿過旋轉喷射孔。Please refer to FIG. 12, the rotary jetting port 188 injects a gaseous fluid jet to gently rotate the slack filament in the central area of the fiber or the peripheral side of the fiber core, which has a flat satin-like structure. The rotary jetting port will be described in detail Shown in FIG. 12. The rotating nozzle orifice 188 includes a main body 192 having an upstream end 194, a downstream end 196, and a cylindrical hole 198 extending the entire length of the main body 192. The fiber 30 passes through the hole 198 to the roller group 50a according to its path (see FIG. 1). A fluid channel 200 extends through the body and communicates with the hole 198 of the body's upstream end 194. The fluid channel intersects the hole so that the fluid is approximately tangent. The hole and the oblique angle are at the downstream end 196 of the main body, so that a counter-clockwise rotating fluid (such as the end 196) indicated by the spiral flow path 202 is generated in the hole 198. This fluid easily entangles the loose filaments extending from the central region of the fiber 30 to the fiber core 'and reduces the long loose ends that may be wound on the downstream roller. For convenience, a threaded long hole 204 is provided in the main body 192 along the length of the hole 198 to facilitate the fiber 30 to pass through the rotary ejection hole.

線 達成將斷裂區中與鄰近出口夾捏輥處之鬆弛長絲端聚攏 且將之導向纖維芯體之另一方法係使用圖34A、34B所示 之一槽溝，一槽溝450具有一成型端452，係鄰近於一夾捏 輥，例如第一斷裂區3 4末端之輥組5 0 a(如圖1 1)。槽溝具 有一縱向凹穴454，其大小適可配合區域中之纖維3 0且具 有一寬度456，以聚攏纖維芯體462側面上之鬆弛長絲 45 8、460且拘限使其不伸出至輥組中之夾捏輥末端，面向 纖維之凹穴表面為一導電性表面。夾捏輥54a具有末端 ____-51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 _____B7- 五、發明説明（49 ) 462、464，而夾捏輥52a具有末端466、468，纖維芯體之 中心以470標示，且槽溝將鬆弛之長絲導引向纖維芯體 462 ’因此’沿側向延伸於芯體周側之鬆弛端458即拘限於 相距芯體中心之一距離内，且該距離不大於芯體中心至出 口夾捏輥52a末端468之距離472，及至出口夾捏輥54a末 端464之距離474 ;在此例子中，較小之距離472係做控 制。再者，沿側向延伸於芯體周側之鬆弛端46〇係拘限於相 距心體中心之一距離内’且該距離不大於芯體中心至出口 夾捏輥5 2 a末端466之距離476，及至出口夾捏輥54a末端 462之距離478 ;在此例子中，較小之距離476係做控制。 槽溝450可以僅相鄰於離開區域之夾捏輥，且自此延伸出 一短距離，或者其可伸出幾乎區34之全長距離，以保持對 全區中之鬆弛長絲之控制。槽溝450或可具有一蓋件480， 以在所有方向中完全拘限鬆弛之長絲，惟，最重要的是槽 溝在側向拘限長絲，以防止其伸到易纏繞於夾捏輕上之夾 捏輥末端處。若使用一蓋件，其應具有通道以用於一空氣 離子化裝置。 復參閱圖11，在輥組5 0a之後為一在下游端具有輥組62a 之第二斷裂區36，其相同於圖1、8中之輥組62。在第二斷 裂區36内為一靜電中和桿206，且鄰近於拉伸及拉伸-斷裂 纖維3 0，及一旋轉喷射口 2 0 8供纖維3 0通過於此，相似於 上述第一斷裂區之結構。在第二斷裂區内鄰近於其上游端 且鄰次於輥組50a者亦設有一吸引器噴射口 212，吸引器嘴 射口 212提供一緩和之氣態流體於纖維30之移行方向中， ___-52-___ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) " 'Another method to gather the ends of the slack filaments in the fracture zone and adjacent to the exit pinch roller and guide them to the fiber core is to use one of the grooves shown in Figs. 34A and 34B. A groove 450 has a molding The end 452 is adjacent to a pinch roller, for example, the roller group 50 0 a at the end of the first breaking zone 34 (see FIG. 1 1). The groove has a longitudinal recess 454, which is sized to fit the fibers 30 in the area and has a width 456 to gather the loose filaments 45 8, 460 on the side of the fiber core 462 and restrict it from protruding To the end of the pinch roller in the roller group, the surface of the cavity facing the fiber is a conductive surface. The pinch roller 54a has an end ____- 51-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 _____ B7- 5. Description of the invention (49) 462, 464, and the pinch roller 52a It has ends 466, 468, the center of the fiber core is marked with 470, and the grooves guide the loose filaments to the fiber core 462 'so' the loose ends 458 which extend laterally to the periphery of the core are limited to a distance Within a distance of the center of the core, and the distance is not greater than the distance 472 from the center of the core to the end 468 of the exit pinch roller 52a, and the distance 474 to the end 464 of the exit pinch roller 54a; in this example, the smaller distance 472 Department of control. Furthermore, the relaxed end 46 extending laterally on the peripheral side of the core is limited to a distance from the center of the core ', and the distance is not greater than the distance 476 from the center of the core to the end 466 of the exit pinch roller 5 2 a. And the distance 478 to the end 462 of the exit pinch roller 54a; in this example, the smaller distance 476 is for control. The slot 450 may be only adjacent to the pinch roller in the exit area, and may extend a short distance therefrom, or it may extend a full length distance of the region 34 to maintain control of the slack filaments in the entire region. The slot 450 may have a cover 480 to completely restrain the slack filament in all directions, but the most important thing is that the slot restricts the filament laterally to prevent it from reaching into the pinch. Gently pinch the end of the roller. If a cover is used, it should have access to an air ionization unit. Referring again to FIG. 11, after the roller group 50a, there is a second fracture zone 36 having a roller group 62a at the downstream end, which is the same as the roller group 62 in FIGS. Within the second fracture zone 36 is an electrostatically neutralizing rod 206, which is adjacent to the drawing and stretching-breaking fibers 30, and a rotary ejection port 2 08 for the fibers 3 0 to pass through, similar to the above-mentioned first Structure of the fault zone. A suction nozzle 212 is also provided in the second fracture zone adjacent to its upstream end and next to the roller group 50a. The suction nozzle nozzle 212 provides a gentle gaseous fluid in the moving direction of the fiber 30, ___- 52 -___ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) " '

訂Order

線 507029 A7 _____ BT- 五、發明説明（50 ) 以利抓取及排送來自輥組5 0 a之鬆弛長絲，使其不致纏繞於 輥組5 0a中之輥，吸引器212係取自Airvac之ITD 110型。 若進入區域内之纖維具有某一不連續性長絲百分比，則此 一吸引器亦可用於鄰次於輥組42a之第一斷裂區34内。 在輥組62a之後為一在下游端具有輥組148a之拉引區 144，此相同於圖9中之輥組148，在拉引區144内係一吸引 器喷射口 214、緩衝桿216、及導引桿218，緩衝桿可提供 阻力於拉伸具有一較均勻丹尼纖維長絲纖維。另外亦可提 供一旋轉喷射口，例如位於上游端且鄰近於輥組148a之旋 轉喷射口 208 ^ 在輥組148a之後為一在下游端具有輥組74a之結合區 3 8，此相同於圖1、8、9中之輥組7 4，在結合區3 8内係一 吸引器噴射口 220及一交織噴射口 83a。在實施上，交織噴 射口 83a通常設置於結合區38内，且相距於輥組丨48&之距 離大約為結合區長度之1/3至1/2。圖26係以立體圖揭示交 織喷射口 8 3 a ’及圖2 7係以截面圖揭示一拉伸斷裂纖維3 〇 進入纖維通道320，纖維通道320較佳為具有一圓潤之三角 形截面，如入口端322處所示。噴射口 83a具有一第一凹槽 壁324於一入口導引表面326内，以配合入口端322之入口 外表面328而提供一 coanda效應；及一第二凹槽壁329(如圖 2 7)於噴射口之一出口導引表面330内，以配合纖維通道 320出口端334之出口外表面332而提供一 coanda效應。一 穿線長孔336相交於纖維通道320。參閱圖27，一流體入口 通道338提供流體至纖維通道320，用於交織纖維而將之結Line 507029 A7 _____ BT- V. Description of the invention (50) To facilitate the grasping and discharging of the loose filaments from the roller group 50a, so as not to be entangled with the rollers of the roller group 50a, the suction device 212 is taken from Airvac's ITD 110. If the fibers entering the area have a certain percentage of discontinuous filaments, this attractor can also be used in the first fracture zone 34 next to the roller set 42a. Following the roller group 62a is a pull-out area 144 having a roller group 148a at the downstream end, which is the same as the roller group 148 in FIG. The guide rod 218 and the buffer rod can provide resistance to stretching filaments having a more uniform denier fiber. It is also possible to provide a rotary ejection port, such as a rotary ejection port 208 located at the upstream end and adjacent to the roller set 148a. ^ After the roller set 148a, there is a combination zone 38 with a roller set 74a at the downstream end, which is the same as FIG. 1 The roller groups 74 of 4, 8, 9 are tied with a suction nozzle 220 and an interlaced nozzle 83a in the bonding zone 38. In practice, the interlaced ejection port 83a is usually provided in the bonding area 38, and the distance from the roller group 48 & is about 1/3 to 1/2 of the length of the bonding area. FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing the interlaced jets 8 3 a ′ and FIG. 27 is a sectional view showing a stretch fracture fiber 30 entering the fiber channel 320, and the fiber channel 320 preferably has a rounded triangular cross section, such as the inlet end. Shown at 322. The ejection port 83a has a first groove wall 324 in an entrance guide surface 326 to cooperate with the outer entrance surface 328 of the entrance end 322 to provide a coanda effect; and a second groove wall 329 (see FIG. 27) A coanda effect is provided in the exit guide surface 330 of one of the ejection ports to cooperate with the exit outer surface 332 of the exit end 334 of the fiber channel 320. A threading slot 336 intersects the fiber channel 320. Referring to Fig. 27, a fluid inlet channel 338 provides fluid to the fiber channel 320 for interweaving the fibers and knotting them.

507029 A7507029 A7

BT 五、發明説明（51 ) 合成一紗線，流體通道338係以一角度34〇朝向出口端334 之下游端，即在纖維移行通過喷射口之方向中，以減少流 體排出纖維通道之上游端。此外，交織噴射口紗線通道32〇 係相對於輥組148a、74a(如圖11)之間之纖維路徑344而呈 —角度342配置，因此，排出紗線通道上游端之流體即向下 遠離於纖維路徑。導引件346、34?可用於協助導引纖維通 過噴射口，將流體排出紗線通道上游端之此一處理可在纖 維進入交織噴射口時減低纖維中任意鬆散長絲之散佈。此 X織噴射口 83a係詳示於Allred多人之6,〇52,878號美國專 利中，在此可供做參考。其它長絲銜接噴射口亦可用於此 實施例中，其它此型之噴射口係說明於从^以& Jet Spinner 型錄及上述之，088號W0專利申請案中，另一銜接喷射口可 見於Artz多人之4,825,633號美國專利，在此可供做參考。 通過結合裝置（例如上述之其中一噴射口，或前述之其它裝 置）後之纖維3 0即成為一結合之紗線3 2，其具有良好之黏 性及強度。BT V. Description of the invention (51) Synthesize a yarn, and the fluid channel 338 is at an angle of 34 ° toward the downstream end of the outlet end 334, that is, in the direction in which the fiber migrates through the ejection port to reduce the fluid exiting the upstream end of the fiber channel . In addition, the interlaced jet yarn channel 32 is arranged at an angle 342 with respect to the fiber path 344 between the roller groups 148a and 74a (as shown in FIG. 11). Therefore, the fluid discharged from the upstream end of the yarn channel is far away from To the fiber path. The guides 346, 34? Can be used to assist in guiding the fibers through the ejection port, and the fluid is discharged from the upstream end of the yarn channel. This treatment can reduce the dispersion of any loose filaments in the fiber when the fibers enter the interlaced ejection port. The X-weave jet port 83a is shown in detail in Allred US Patent No. 6,052,878, which is here for reference. Other filament-connected jet ports can also be used in this embodiment. Other jet ports of this type are described in the ^ & Jet Spinner catalog and the above-mentioned, No. 088 WO patent application. See U.S. Patent No. 4,825,633 to Artz, for reference. The fiber 30 after passing through a bonding device (such as one of the above-mentioned ejection ports or the other devices described above) becomes a bonded yarn 32, which has good viscosity and strength.

Anz噴射口進一步說明於圖28，其揭示沿纖維路徑所取 之左半側截面圖及右半側之平面圖。在4,825,633號美國專 利中，噴射口可視為一氣動式拈絲元件，其可依5,〇48,281 號美國專利之方式控制。氣動式拈絲元件83b包含一注射 組件或第一噴嘴350，具有一旋轉孔351，及一拈絲組件或 第二噴嘴352，具有一旋轉孔353，回二組件利用—共同之 固持裝置3 54而相互定位，固持裝置亦罩覆一第—抽空室 356及一第二抽空室358，用於清除相關於纖維之碎屑。拉The Anz jet is further illustrated in Figure 28, which reveals a cross-sectional view of the left half and a plan view of the right half taken along the fiber path. In US Pat. No. 4,825,633, the injection port can be regarded as a pneumatic reeling element, which can be controlled in the manner of US Pat. No. 5,048,281. The pneumatic reeling element 83b includes an injection assembly or first nozzle 350 with a rotation hole 351, and a reeling assembly or second nozzle 352 with a rotation hole 353, which is used by the two components—a common holding device 3 54 With respect to each other, the holding device also covers a first-evacuation chamber 356 and a second evacuation chamber 358 for removing debris related to the fibers. Pull

伸斷裂之纖維30先通過第一哈峻ιςΛ、 ， ^ ^ 、、罘噴嘴350 <孔，相信此第一喷 可將纖維向前运’且施加一些扭力以鬆釋由第二喷嘴形 成之扭曲纖維芯體周邊處之長絲。纖維隨後通過第二喷嘴 352之孔，相信此第二噴嘴可拈絲第二嘴嘴上游端纖維芯體 中之長絲及通過第一噴嘴，而不產生交織於紗線中之長 、，糸，此一認知係相等於P Gr〇sberg，w 〇xenham、及 M.Miao 在 Textile Institute 1987 年第三期期刊第 ΐ89·2ΐ9 頁 中利用二氣喷射拈絲成紗線"所述之Murata雙噴射式配置 之操作，該主題包含第一部分：空氣噴射旋轉之實驗研 对’及第二部分·空氣噴射旋轉之拈絲分佈與拈絲*** 率。第一抽空室356係鄰近於第一噴嘴35〇之出口端36〇， 且以其一側362連通於一真空源及以其另一側364連通於大 氣’自側364流至362而通過纖維路徑之空氣可自纖維路徑 去除鬆散之斷裂長絲及聚合物或精細加工粉末及灰塵。纖 維隨後通過第二喷嘴352、一穿線開孔366、及第二抽空室 358，穿線開孔及第二抽空室二者皆接近於第二噴嘴352之 出口端368。第二抽空室358包括一沿其長度而設之穿線長 孔370 ’且長孔可在穿線後由一筒形蓋件（圖中未示）覆蓋， 當表面為一圍繞於室358且與蓋件匹配之筒形表面時，此一 蓋件即可相關於固持裝置354之外表面372而旋轉，以覆蓋 及脫蓋於長孔。第二抽空室係以其一側374呈流體連通於一 真空源，及以穿線長孔370 (當蓋件開啟或不存在時）與端 376、378呈流體連通於大氣。自端376、378流過長孔370 之空氣係沿著纖維路徑通過，且自纖維路徑去除鬆散之斷 __-55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) B7 五、發明説明（53 ) 裂長絲及聚合物或精細加工粉末及灰塵。拈絲元件8 3 a之操 作情形並非依存於第一及第二抽空室，但是其仍可藉由保 持清潔而有助於元件之穩定性。 第一噴嘴或注射組件350具有加壓氣體，較佳為空氣，係 供給通過一管線380至一環形渠道382，以將流體導向多條 壓縮流體渠道，例如384、386。渠道384、386相交於具有 直技d!之旋轉孔3 5 1，係在切於孔徑方向之一位置處，且 以角度3 8 8朝向移行通過孔之纖維方向。第一喷嘴w 〇之 孔351之進氣開孔389可呈圖示之直筒形，或呈錐形地漸縮 狀’且其包括刻槽以影響纖維中之拈絲之傳遞。第二噴嘴 或拈、·、糸組件352同樣具有空氣供給通過一管線39〇至一環形 渠道392 ’以將流體導向多條壓縮流體渠道，何如394、 396 ,渠道相交於具有一直徑“之孔353。第一噴嘴35〇具 有一自端360至一渠道386之特徵距離卜，而第二噴嘴352具 有自入口端398至一渠道396之特徵距離iD ,第一喷嘴 350相隔於第二喷嘴352之距離為"a",係測量於與各喷嘴 旋轉孔相义之壓縮流體渠道之間，此距離可依欲處理之特 疋纖維而凋整，且對於具有一大平均長絲長度之纖維可呈 較=而對於具有一小平均長絲長度之纖維可呈較小。第一 及第二喷嘴350、352係利用固定件，例如固定螺絲（圖中未 丁）而可凋整地疋位於共同之固持裝置354，以利調整距 離a另者，各噴嘴可有獨立之固持裝置，且可間隔地安 裝於機木上（圖中未不）。對於任意製程且具有一大於忖 平均長、4長度，較佳為大於6 〇吁之結合非連續性長絲纖 本纸張尺狀—@ g家料(⑽ 507029The stretched and broken fiber 30 first passes through the first nozzle 350, ^ ^, 罘, and the nozzle 350 < hole. It is believed that this first spray can transport the fiber forward and apply some torsion to release the fiber formed by the second nozzle. Twist the filaments around the fiber core. The fiber then passes through the hole of the second nozzle 352. It is believed that this second nozzle can reel the filaments in the fiber core at the upstream end of the second nozzle and pass through the first nozzle without generating long, intertwined yarns. This cognitive system is equivalent to Murata described by P Grösberg, Woensenham, and M. Miao in the Textile Institute 1987 Issue No. 3, page ΐ89 · 2ΐ9. The operation of the double jet configuration includes the first part: the experimental research of air jet rotation and the second part. The first evacuation chamber 356 is adjacent to the outlet end 36 of the first nozzle 35o, and communicates with a vacuum source through one side 362 and the atmosphere with the other side 364. It flows from the side 364 to 362 and passes through the fiber. The air of the path can remove loose broken filaments and polymers or finely processed powder and dust from the fiber path. The fiber then passes through the second nozzle 352, a threaded opening 366, and a second evacuation chamber 358. Both the threaded opening and the second evacuation chamber are close to the exit end 368 of the second nozzle 352. The second evacuation chamber 358 includes a threaded long hole 370 ′ along its length, and the long hole may be covered by a cylindrical cover (not shown) after threading. When a matching cylindrical surface is provided, this cover can be rotated in relation to the outer surface 372 of the holding device 354 to cover and uncover the long hole. The second evacuation chamber is in fluid communication with a vacuum source on one side 374, and is in fluid communication with the ends 376, 378 through a long threaded hole 370 (when the cover is open or absent). The air flowing through the long holes 370 from the ends 376 and 378 passes along the fiber path, and loose breaks are removed from the fiber path __55- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) B7 5. Description of the invention (53) Broken filaments and polymers or finely processed powders and dust. The operation of the reeling element 8 3 a is not dependent on the first and second evacuation chambers, but it can still contribute to the stability of the element by keeping it clean. The first nozzle or injection assembly 350 has a pressurized gas, preferably air, which is supplied through a line 380 to an annular channel 382 to direct fluid to a plurality of compressed fluid channels, such as 384,386. Channels 384, 386 intersect in a rotating hole 3 5 1 with a straight technique d !, which is cut at one position in the direction of the aperture and faces the direction of the fiber moving through the hole at an angle of 3 8 8. The air inlet opening 389 of the hole 351 of the first nozzle w 0 may be in the shape of a straight tube as shown in the figure, or tapered and tapered 'and it includes a notch to affect the transfer of reel in the fiber. The second nozzle or 拈, 糸, 糸 assembly also has an air supply through a line 390 to an annular channel 392 'to direct the fluid to a plurality of compressed fluid channels, such as 394, 396. The channels intersect in a hole having a diameter " 353. The first nozzle 350 has a characteristic distance from end 360 to a channel 386, and the second nozzle 352 has a characteristic distance iD from the inlet 398 to a channel 396. The first nozzle 350 is separated from the second nozzle 352. The distance is " a ", which is measured between the compressed fluid channels that are synonymous with the rotation holes of the nozzles. This distance can be withered according to the special fiber to be processed, and for fibers with a large average filament length, It is smaller for fibers with a small average filament length. The first and second nozzles 350, 352 can be held in a common holding position by using fixing members, such as fixing screws (not shown in the figure). Device 354 to adjust the distance a. In addition, each nozzle can have an independent holding device and can be installed on the machine wood at intervals (not shown in the figure). For any process and has an average length greater than 忖, 4 length, Calls good greater than 6 billion of non-continuous filament fiber of the present binding-sized paper - @ g family material (⑽ 507029

維而e , —項令人訝異之發現為紗線之強度均一性係在距 離^’與纖維之平均長絲長度成比例時呈最大值。 印參閱圖1 1之裝置，氣動式拈絲元件8 3 b係設置於結合 區3 8内，以替代裝置8 3 a，且吸引器22〇移除。復參閱圖 28，第噴嘴350係設置盡量接近於夾捏輥組148a(如圖 11)，從夬缝至流體渠道384、386相交於旋轉孔351之第一 噴嘴1置大約U吋，而第二噴嘴352則設置在相隔於第 一噴嘴位置义不同距離” a"處，其側於流體渠道394、 相交於旋轉孔353之處。 圖3 5揭不針對一具有平均長絲長度” ，，之紗線強度，以 及分別在圖28所示第一及第二噴嘴35〇、352中流體渠道之 間之不同間距"a"處測得針對各平均長度之資料點之圖表。 在各距離"a"處，取樣若干紗線且利用產物法取得一以 每丹尼若干克數為單位之平均強度值，以8 〇、8 9及17 5等 曲線而言，由圖表中可以看出強度之峰值係在喷嘴之間距 離為yy吋處之一特定值，將此相較於待壓縮紗線之平均長 絲長度即可生成一比值avg/yy，可用於選擇適當之值。 重覆此測試於不同之紗線長度則生成在〇.74心8至153心^範 圍内之a值，較佳為〇 5avg至2 〇avg，且均值及較佳值為 l.lavg ’此結果將進一步參考以下之試驗2〇_23。第二喷嘴 相距於夾捏輥且第一噴嘴移近於第二噴嘴之另一試驗（圖中 未π )則生成較低強度值之結合紗，使得噴嘴間之距離據信 可成為重要之關係，而非第二噴嘴相距於夾捏輥之距離。 參閱圖1 1，在輥組7 4 a之後，結合紗線係導引向一捲繞 507029The surprising finding is that the uniformity of the strength of the yarn is maximum when the distance ^ 'is proportional to the average filament length of the fiber. Refer to the device shown in FIG. 11. The pneumatic reeling element 8 3 b is arranged in the bonding area 38 to replace the device 8 3 a and the suction device 22 is removed. Referring again to FIG. 28, the third nozzle 350 is set as close as possible to the pinch roller group 148a (as shown in FIG. 11). The first nozzle 1 intersecting the rotation hole 351 from the quilting to the fluid channel 384, 386 is set about U inches, and the first The two nozzles 352 are disposed at different distances from the position of the first nozzle "a", which is side to the fluid channel 394 and intersects with the rotation hole 353. Fig. 35 does not address one with an average filament length ", A graph of the data points for each average length of the yarn strength and the different distances " a " between the fluid channels in the first and second nozzles 35 and 352 shown in FIG. 28, respectively. At each distance " a ", a number of yarns are sampled and the average tenacity value in grams per denier is obtained using the product method. For curves such as 80, 89 and 175, from the chart, It can be seen that the peak value of the intensity is a specific value at the distance between the nozzles of yy inches. Comparing this with the average filament length of the yarn to be compressed, a ratio avg / yy can be generated, which can be used to select an appropriate value. . Repeat this test for different yarn lengths to generate an a value in the range of 0.74 to 8 to 153, preferably 0.55g to 2 0avg, and the average and preferred values are l.lavg 'this The results will further refer to the following test 20-23. Another test in which the second nozzle is spaced apart from the pinch roller and the first nozzle is moved closer to the second nozzle (not shown in the figure) generates a bond yarn with a lower strength value, so that the distance between the nozzles is believed to be an important relationship , Not the distance between the second nozzle and the pinch roller. Referring to FIG. 11, after the roller group 7 4 a, the combined yarn guide is guided to a winding 507029

機222，輥組743與捲繞機222之間設有一吸引器噴射口 224 及一槽道式導引輥220。捲繞機包含一浮動臂及槽道式輥 228，係接附於一控制器（圖中未示），用以控制捲繞機之速 度，一檢移機構230 ,用於沿著一紗線綑232之軸線以橫移 紗線32 ;及一從動心軸234 ^捲繞機係一傳統式設計，對 於熟知捲繞技術者而言，恕不予以贅述。A suction nozzle 224 and a channel-type guide roller 220 are provided between the machine 222, the roller group 743 and the winder 222. The winder includes a floating arm and a channel roller 228, which is attached to a controller (not shown) to control the speed of the winder. A transfer mechanism 230 is used to move the yarn along a yarn. The axis of the bundle 232 is to traverse the yarn 32; and a driven mandrel 234. The winding machine is a traditional design. For those skilled in winding technology, it will not be described in detail.

裝 訂Binding

圖11揭示一具有所有功能區域之製程，其基本上係以一 直線形路徑處理紗線，圖u揭示拉伸區124、第一斷裂區 34、第二斷裂區36、拉引區144、及結合區38等由左至右 呈線列之功能區域，纖維依循於一通過各功能區域之筆直 路板，各功能區域路徑定義一單元路徑向量（向量係具有方 向及單位大小），係在纖維之移行方向中具有一頭部及一尾 部製程有良好之功能，但是需佔用大量地板空間，以一 工廠内之生產機器而言，地板空間之理想使用即可降低成 本。圖32揭示一製程之拉伸斷裂裝置4〇〇，其中通過一或 多功能區域之纖維路徑係配置成交疊狀，因此當一第一功 能區域中之一路徑向量設置成尾部對尾部，且次一依序功 能區域中之一路徑向量定義一在45與18〇度之間之一夾角 時’即可生成一緊密之製程地板空間。 參閱圖3 2，拉伸斷裂裝置400包含一拉伸區4〇2於輥組 404與406之間、一第一斷裂區408於輥組4〇6與410之間、 一第二斷裂區412於輥組410與414之間、及一結合區416於 輥組414與418之間，結合之紗線係捲繞於一捲繞機系統 420上。如同圖"者，裝置4〇〇亦包括一加熱器丨⑽、—靜 五、發明説明（56 電桿186、旋轉噴射口 188、208、一結合裝置83例如 83a(圖26、27)或83b(圖28)，以及其它前送噴射口、導 件、央捏輥、等等，此外，一熱遮罩417設於加熱器14〇 與第一斷裂區408之間。為了彈性製造多種產物，一第二纖 維進給器係設於拉伸區4〇2之後且在第一斷裂區4〇8之前之 419處，一第三纖維進給器係設於第二斷裂區412之後且在 結合區416之前之421處。操作時，一進給纖維3〇係在一路 徑向量426之方向中從位置424之一未繪示之線軸架進入拉 伸斷裂裝置400，路徑向量具有一頭部425及一尾部427， 且路徑向量426並非用於一功能區域中之一路徑向量，因為 纖維係在此點處輸送且不做任何處理。纖維3 〇通過輕組 404 ,且沿著一路徑向量428移行通過功能區域以用於拉伸 纖維，即拉伸區402。纖維30隨後通過輥組4〇6，且沿著一 路徑向量430移行通過功能區域以用於斷裂纖維，即第一斷 裂區408。纖維30隨後通過輥組41〇 ’且沿著一路後向量 432移行通過功能區域以用於斷裂纖維，即第二斷裂區 412。纖維隨後通過輥組414，且沿著一路徑向量ο#移行 通過功能區域以用於結合纖維，即結合區4丨6。結合之紗線 3 2隨後在捲繞機420捲繞成一綑。 ’ 圖33A ' B、C揭示向量之配置情形定義發生於功能 區域路徑之間之交疊。在圖33A+，依序之功能區域路徑 向量428、430係以尾部對尾部方式設置在一起，路和向量 430以其尾部重合於路徑向量428之尾部，二直線向^之間 之夾角則表示於436且大約180度。在圖33B中依序之功 倉匕區域路徑向量430、432係以尾部對尾部 起，路徑向量432以1尾,f人#钕4 -又置在一 3U邵重合於路徑向量43〇之尾部，二 f線向Κ間之夾角則表示於似且大 中，依序之功能區域路徑向量432、434係以尾部 式：置在—起’路徑向量434以其尾部重合於路徑向⑽ = 之間之夾角則表示於44q且大物 ^再者’若拉伸斷裂裝置中僅有二個功能區域，即一斷 結合區’則第—斷裂區彻中之纖維路徑向量彻 P万向中延伸，而結合區416中之纖維路徑向量434在 相及於斷裂區路徑大約刚度之—方向中延伸，此可形成一 佔用最少地板空間之緊密配置。所有依序之功能區域並不 需交叠，但是為了節省空間，則至少二依序之區域應具有 自一區交疊至下一區之纖維路徑。 當一第-功能區財之％徑向量係以其尾部重合於次一 路徑向量之尾部，而是定義出―心與⑽度間之爽角 時，通過功&區域之纖維路徑之此一交疊可形絲置之一 緊密地板空間，以實施拉伸斷裂製程。若有二個以上之功 能區域，則會有複數《角，纟在纖維路徑交疊處之依序功 能區域之間。若有複數交疊及夾角，則本發明之交疊路徑 系統另可定義為依序功能區域之間之所有個別夾角之絕對 值總和較佳為9 0度以上，最佳為i 8〇度以上。圖3 2所示之 配置方式僅為用於一拉伸斷裂製程之一交疊配置方式，且 交疊路徑之概念可應用於其它拉伸斷裂製程及其它路徑向 量之配置方式。 ^07029 A7FIG. 11 illustrates a process with all functional regions, which basically processes the yarn in a straight path. FIG. U illustrates the tensile region 124, the first fracture region 34, the second fracture region 36, the pull region 144, and the combination. Area 38 and other functional areas are lined from left to right. The fiber follows a straight board that passes through each functional area. Each functional area path defines a unit path vector (the vector has a direction and a unit size), and is tied to the fiber. It has a head and a tail with good functions in the movement direction, but it needs to occupy a lot of floor space. For production machines in a factory, the ideal use of floor space can reduce costs. FIG. 32 illustrates a process of a tensile fracture device 400, in which a fiber path is arranged in a stack through one or a multifunctional area, so when a path vector in a first functional area is set tail-to-tail, and A path vector in a sequential functional area defines an angle between 45 and 180 degrees to generate a compact process floor space. Referring to FIG. 32, the tensile breaking device 400 includes a stretching zone 402 between the roller groups 404 and 406, a first breaking zone 408 between the roller groups 406 and 410, and a second breaking zone 412. Between the roller sets 410 and 414 and a bonding area 416 between the roller sets 414 and 418, the combined yarn is wound on a winder system 420. As shown in the figure, the device 400 also includes a heater, a static device, and a description of the invention (56 electric rod 186, rotary injection port 188, 208, and a combination device 83 such as 83a (Fig. 26, 27) or 83b (Fig. 28), and other forward-feeding nozzles, guides, central pinch rollers, etc. In addition, a heat shield 417 is provided between the heater 14 and the first fracture zone 408. In order to flexibly manufacture a variety of products A second fiber feeder is located at 419 after the stretching zone 402 and before the first fracture zone 408, and a third fiber feeder is located after the second fracture zone 412 and at 421 before the bonding area 416. In operation, a feed fiber 30 is routed from an unillustrated bobbin at position 424 into a tensile fracture device 400 in the direction of a path vector 426, and the path vector has a head 425 and a tail 427, and the path vector 426 is not used for a path vector in a functional area because the fiber is transported at this point without any processing. The fiber 3 passes through the light group 404 and follows a path vector 428 travels through the functional area for drawing fibers, that is, drawing area 402. Fibers 30 follow It then passes through the roller group 406, and moves along a path vector 430 through the functional area for breaking the fiber, namely the first breaking zone 408. The fiber 30 then passes through the roller group 410 'and follows a path rear vector 432. The functional area is used to break the fiber, that is, the second breaking area 412. The fiber then passes through the roller set 414 and moves along the path vector through the functional area for the binding fiber, that is, the binding area 4 丨 6. The bonded yarn Line 3 2 is then wound into a bundle at the winder 420. 'Figure 33A' B and C reveal that the configuration of the vectors defines the overlap between functional area paths. In Figure 33A +, the sequential functional area path vector 428 , 430 are set together in a tail-to-tail manner, and the road and vector 430 coincide with the tail of the path vector 428 with their tails, and the angle between the two straight lines ^ is shown at 436 and about 180 degrees. In order in Figure 33B The path vector 430 and 432 of the power dagger area are from tail to tail, and the path vector 432 is 1 tail, f person # neodymium 4-and is placed in a 3U Shao coincides with the tail of the path vector 43 〇, two f-line to κ The angle between them is expressed in the similar and large, The order of the functional area path vectors 432 and 434 is based on the tail type: placed on-the 'path vector 434 coincides with the path direction ⑽ = the angle between ⑽ = is expressed at 44q and the large object ^ more' if the fracture device is stretched There are only two functional regions in the fracture region, namely the fiber path vector of the middle of the fracture region. The fiber path vector of the fracture region extends in the P direction, and the fiber path vector 434 in the junction region 416 is approximately equal to the path of the fracture region. Stiffness-extending in the direction, which can form a compact configuration that occupies the least floor space. All sequential functional areas do not need to overlap, but in order to save space, at least two sequential areas should have overlapping areas Fiber path to the next zone. When the% radial amount of a first-function area is the tail of the second path vector coincided with its tail, but defines the cool angle between the heart and the degree, this fiber path through the work & area One of the compact floor spaces is overlapped by a shapeable wire to perform a tensile fracture process. If there are more than two functional areas, there will be a plurality of "angles" between sequential functional areas where the fiber paths overlap. If there are multiple overlaps and included angles, the overlapping path system of the present invention can also be defined as the sum of the absolute values of all the individual included angles between the sequential functional areas. . The configuration shown in Figure 32 is only an overlapping configuration for a tensile fracture process, and the concept of overlapping paths can be applied to other tensile fracture processes and other path vector configurations. ^ 07029 A7

訂Order

線 B7- 五、發明説明（59 ) 位置，例如個別之位置502、504、506、508、510，且抽絲 機係自一單一供給器5丨丨取得聚合物，諸位置組合成一單一 之大丹尼絲束產物512，而散裝於一大容器514内。在_習 知之定長短纖維轉換製程中，容置1〇〇〇磅以上產物之容器 5 14係組合於其它容器，且通過一轉換製程516，最後生成 足長短纖維而在一梳理、梳毛、抽絲系統5丨8中抽絲成紗 線。 請即參閱圖3 0，其改良部分包含管理調整型定長短纖維 抽絲機501之操作，抽絲機具有至少大約丨〇個位置，以利 同時製成複數低丹尼之絲束產物，而非單一之大丹尼絲束 產物，低丹尼之產物各小於大丹尼絲束產物之大約2〇0/〇。 在圖3 0中，經證實至少2個位置且較佳為$個位置5〇2、 504、506、508、510可產生個別之低丹尼絲束產物，且其 餘5或多個位置會繼續製成一大丹尼絲束產物，或如圖31 所示’調整型定長短纖維抽絲機5〇3上之所有位置可產生個 別之低丹尼絲束產物。一個別之低丹尼絲束產物3 〇包含至 少500條纖維於一位置，而集收至一容置大約2〇至2〇〇镑低 丹尼絲束產物之個別容器160内。用於集收個別低丹尼絲束 產物之裝置包含一散裝裝置524或一捲繞機（圖中未示）；較 佳為一散裝裝置用於將未拉伸產物集收至容器16〇内，使產 物可儲存、運送及抽出做進一步處理。來自一捲繞機之一 管形芯體之捲綑亦為一容器，可供產物儲存、運送及抽出 做進一步處理。 操作定長短纖維抽絲機之新方法亦包括改變製成低丹尼 L ___-62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 507029Line B7- V. Description of the invention (59) Positions, such as individual positions 502, 504, 506, 508, 510, and the spinning machine obtains polymer from a single feeder 5 丨 丨 The positions are combined into a single large The Denny tow product 512 is stored in bulk in a large container 514. In the conventional conversion process of fixed-length and short-fibers, a container 5 and 14 containing more than 1,000 pounds of product is combined with other containers, and through a conversion process 516, foot-length and short-fibers are finally generated and combed, combed and pumped The silk system 5 丨 8 is drawn into yarn. Please refer to FIG. 30. The improved part includes the operation of the management-adjustable fixed-length staple fiber spinning machine 501. The spinning machine has at least about 0 positions to facilitate the simultaneous manufacture of multiple low-denier tow products, and Non-single products of large denier tow, products of low denier are each smaller than about 200/0 of large denier tow product. In Fig. 30, it has been confirmed that at least 2 positions and preferably $ positions 502, 504, 506, 508, 510 can produce individual low-denier tow products, and the remaining 5 or more positions will continue Making a large Danny tow product, or as shown in Figure 31, 'adjustable fixed-length staple fiber spinning machine 503 can produce individual low Danny tow products at all positions. An additional low-denier tow product 30 contains at least 500 fibers in one location, and is collected in a separate container 160 containing about 20-20 pounds of low-denier tow product. The device for collecting individual low-denier tow products includes a bulk device 524 or a winder (not shown); preferably a bulk device is used to collect the unstretched product into the container 160. , So that the product can be stored, transported and extracted for further processing. The bundle from a tubular core of a winder is also a container for product storage, transportation and extraction for further processing. The new method of operating the fixed-length staple fiber spinning machine also includes changing to make a low-denier L ___- 62- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 507029

-63- 產物之至少一抽絲位置之纖維產物特徵，使得纖維產物特 徵不同於製成低丹尼產物或大丹尼產物之其餘抽絲位置。 此改變之纖維產物特徵可包括每長絲不同丹尼、一不同之 精細加工、一利用直接在抽絲位置注入顏色所致之不同 色、一不同長絲截面、或常在一個別抽絲位置取得之其它 纖維差異。 操作定長短纖維抽絲機之新方法進一步包括提供一裝置 以自至少一抽絲位置處理低丹尼絲束產物，將低丹尼絲束 產物轉變成一抽絲紗線產物。此裝置說明於圖3 〇、3 1中， 其較佳為包含本發明之拉伸斷裂機522，係供給自鬆散纖維 谷器160。另者’機器可包含Minorikawa之，463號案或 Adams之’ 778號案所示或類此者，將連續性長絲纖維軟變 成非連續性長絲定長短纖維紗線。定長短纖維抽絲機上之 各位置如502係可供給一拉伸斷裂機522上或許1 〇個抽絲位 置526之所需，因此許多拉伸斷裂機522、522a各具有複數 位置，且自一單一定長短纖維抽絲機500供給纖維。 進給之紗線3 0可利用4,221，345號美國專利中所示之一散 裝裝置而提供於圖11、30、31之散裝容器160内，或者可 利用圖13、14中之裝置而提供。圖13揭示一散裝裝置236 包含一導引輥238、一惰輥240、一驅動輥242、一吸引噴 射口 244、一纖維分配轉子246、一轉子驅動器248、一容 器250、及一容器振盪器252，紗線3 0可來自一定長短纖維 抽絲機以用於連續性人工長絲，如圖3 0、3 1所示之定長短 纖維抽絲機501或503。導引輥238分別將纖維導向一惰/驅 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)-63- The characteristics of the fiber product in at least one spinning position of the product make the characteristics of the fiber product different from the remaining spinning positions in which a low denier product or a large denier product is made. The changed fiber product characteristics may include different denier per filament, a different fine processing, a different color caused by injecting color directly at the drawing position, a different filament cross section, or often at a different drawing position Other fiber differences obtained. The new method of operating a fixed length staple fiber spinning machine further includes providing a device to process the low denier tow product from at least one spinning position to convert the low denier tow product into a spinning yarn product. This device is illustrated in FIGS. 30 and 31, and it preferably includes the tensile breaking machine 522 of the present invention and is supplied from the loose fiber trough 160. Alternatively, the 'machine may include, as shown in Minorikawa, No. 463 or Adams' No. 778, or the like, softly changing continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament staple length staple fibers. Each position on the fixed-length and short-fiber drawing machine, such as 502, can supply the need for perhaps 10 drawing positions 526 on a drawing and breaking machine 522. Therefore, many drawing and breaking machines 522 and 522a each have a plurality of positions, and A certain length of short and long fiber spinning machine 500 supplies the fiber. The yarn 30 to be fed may be provided in a bulk container 160 shown in Figs. 11, 30, and 31 using a bulk device shown in U.S. Patent No. 4,221,345, or may be provided using the device shown in Figs. FIG. 13 reveals that a bulk device 236 includes a guide roller 238, an idler roller 240, a driving roller 242, a suction ejection port 244, a fiber distribution rotor 246, a rotor driver 248, a container 250, and a container oscillator 252, the yarn 30 may come from a certain length and short fiber drawing machine for continuous artificial filament, such as the fixed length and short fiber drawing machine 501 or 503 shown in FIG. 30 and 31. The guide rollers 238 respectively guide the fibers to an idler / drive. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm)

訂Order

507029507029

動輥組合物、輥240與242 ,纖維在進給至箭頭方向中 之吸引噴射口 244前先至少纏繞一次，如箭頭方向254、 256所示。纖維係由吸引噴射口中之一氣態流體排送至轉子 246中之一入口通道260 ,且轉子由轉子驅動器248連續地 旋轉。纖維通過轉子246且離開一通道出口 262，隨後在一 螺旋形路徑264中下降至容器25〇内，當容器之一部分逐漸 填入纖維時，容器振盪器即在轉子下方緩緩移動容器，以 漸進方式前後移動而將容器填以螺旋式鋪置之纖維層。此 一散裝裝置可用相同於習知抽絲位置者之速度操作，並且 積置纖維使之可如同拉伸斷裂速度一般慢速移出容器。 圖14揭示轉子246之一詳細截面圖，轉子具有一主體 266 ,入口通道260設於轉子246旋轉中心之轉子246頂部 上，且利用一斜角通道268以連接於通道出口 262 ,纖維 30(如圖11)及吸引噴射口 244之流體（如圖13)可輕易通過 通道出口。一平衡孔270係提供相對立之通道出口 262，以 平衡轉子及減低旋轉期間之振動。 使用圖11裝置之圖1、8、9所示製程可產生一具有小於 或等於1000丹尼線性密度之定長短紗線，或一具有每截面 500條以下長絲之定長短紗線。當斷裂區係依上述操作以提 供一特定之拉伸斷裂紗線時，此一紗線即具有均句之長絲 長度分佈，此獨特之拉伸斷裂紗線具有一特定之平均長絲 長度、一最大長絲長度、及一長絲長度範圍。此一拉伸斷 裂紗線每吋具有一實用之長絲端數，某一百分比之諸長絲 可為自紗線中央部伸出之突出端，以賦與紗線所需之觸感The moving roller composition, rollers 240 and 242, the fibers are wound at least once before being fed to the suction ejection port 244 in the direction of the arrow, as shown by the directions of arrows 254, 256. The fiber is discharged from a gaseous fluid in the suction jet to an inlet passage 260 in the rotor 246, and the rotor is continuously rotated by a rotor driver 248. The fiber passes the rotor 246 and leaves a channel outlet 262, and then descends into the container 25 in a spiral path 264. When a part of the container is gradually filled with the fiber, the container oscillator moves the container slowly under the rotor to gradually Move the container back and forth to fill the container with spirally laid fiber layers. This bulk device can be operated at the same speed as those known for drawing positions, and the fibers are deposited so that they can be moved out of the container at a slow speed as the tensile breaking speed. FIG. 14 discloses a detailed cross-sectional view of a rotor 246. The rotor has a main body 266, an inlet channel 260 is provided on the top of the rotor 246 at the center of rotation of the rotor 246, and an angled channel 268 is used to connect to the channel outlet 262. The fiber 30 (such as Fig. 11) and the fluid attracting the ejection port 244 (Fig. 13) can easily pass through the channel outlet. A balancing hole 270 is provided with an opposite channel outlet 262 to balance the rotor and reduce vibration during rotation. The process shown in Figs. 1, 8, and 9 using the apparatus of Fig. 11 can produce a fixed-length staple yarn having a linear density of less than or equal to 1,000 denier, or a fixed-length staple yarn having a filament of 500 or less per cross section. When the fracture zone is operated according to the above to provide a specific stretch-broken yarn, this yarn has a uniform filament length distribution, and this unique stretch-broken yarn has a specific average filament length, A maximum filament length and a range of filament lengths. This stretch-cracked yarn has a practical number of filament ends per inch. A certain percentage of the filaments may be protruding ends protruding from the center of the yarn to give the yarn the desired touch.

507029 A7 B7- 五、發明説明（62 ) 或手感。在一較佳實施例中，紗線具有一大於6吋之數字式 平均長絲長度（對一重量平均值），長絲最大長度之99%係 小於25吋，及長絲長度之中間98%係定義出一大於或等於 平均長度之長度範圍，該範圍等於中間98%樣品之最大長 度減去中間9 8 %樣品之最小長度。紗線亦可特徵化成為一 不同長度非連續性長絲之結合、人造纖維，長絲沿著紗線 長度而纏結，以保持紗線之一體性，其中長絲之平均長度 avg大於6吋，且纖維具有一長絲長度分佈，其特徵在5%至 15%以下之長絲具有一長度大於平均長度”§之1 ·5倍，長 絲長度分佈較佳為亦令5 %至1 5 %以下之長絲具有一長度小 於0.5倍之平均長度avg。 圖1 5說明用於一依以下製程變數製成之紗線之長絲長度 分佈圖表： -e b = 3 · 5進給紗線至拉伸區 -e b = 0.247拉伸及進入第一斷裂區後之進給紗線值 -eb = 0.1(進入第二斷裂區之評估值） -Ll = 51.0 吋；L2=16.9 吋；（L2 = 0.33L1) -Dl=3 ； D2 = 2 ； (D2-1 )/(D 1 - 1 ) = 0.5 -拉伸速度比D4 = 4.2 -拉伸長度L4=112吋 -拉伸溫度=188 C於一 12忖之接觸表面上 -進給材料為來自一鬆散纖維容器之9147丹尼、6.6dpf連 續性長絲之纖維。 圖1 5中之柱狀圖代表實際之紗線樣品長絲長度分佈且以 _ -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)507029 A7 B7- 5. Description of the invention (62) or feel. In a preferred embodiment, the yarn has a digital average filament length (to a weight average) greater than 6 inches, 99% of the maximum filament length is less than 25 inches, and 98% of the middle filament length Defines a length range greater than or equal to the average length, which is equal to the maximum length of the middle 98% sample minus the minimum length of the middle 98% sample. Yarns can also be characterized as a combination of discontinuous filaments of different lengths, rayon fibers. The filaments are tangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the physical properties of the yarn, where the average length of the filaments avg is greater than 6 inches And the fiber has a filament length distribution, the characteristics of which are 5% to 15% of the filament has a length greater than the average length "§ 1.5 times, the filament length distribution is preferably also 5% to 1 5 Filaments below% have an average length avg less than 0.5 times. Figure 1 5 illustrates a graph of filament length distribution for a yarn made with the following process variables: -eb = 3 · 5 feed yarn to Tension zone -eb = 0.247 Feed yarn value after stretching and entering the first fracture zone -eb = 0.1 (evaluation value of entering the second fracture zone)-Ll = 51.0 inches; L2 = 16.9 inches; (L2 = 0.33L1)-Dl = 3; D2 = 2; (D2-1) / (D1-1) = 0.5-Stretching speed ratio D4 = 4.2-Stretching length L4 = 112 inches-Stretching temperature = 188 C On a 12 忖 contact surface-the feed material is 9147 denier, 6.6dpf continuous filament from a loose fiber container. The histogram in Figure 15 represents the actual yarn Sample filament length distribution and scale to _ -65- This paper applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm)

訂Order

線 B7- 五、發明説明（63 ) 271標示，長絲長度係在結合前自纖維拉伸，使其可輕易去 除，其中未採用拉引。長絲長度係由4，118,921號美國專利 中之”平均纖維長度”、"纖維長度分佈"、及”纖維長度柱狀 圖••等段所述之製程取得，在此可供參考。由丹尼測量及計 算可知，來自第二斷裂區之纖維截面中有大約丨92條長絲， 使得500條長絲可自纖維之新末端去除，且長度以一吋之增 量圮錄及聚合，取得此長絲數之程序係在每批次丨〇〇條長絲 後之"平均纖維長度”下重覆製程，而生成圖15之纖維長度 及頻率之柱狀圖271。製程之模型模擬建立相同之真實試驗 製程，以預測由圖1 5之曲線272代表之纖維長度分佈。由 圖中可見，纖維長度分佈之模擬係接近於真實之纖維長度 分佈，以真實測試而言，數字式平均纖維長度為11〇吋， 而模擬之數式平均纖維長度為111忖；以真實試驗而 言，中間98〇/。長絲長度之長度為3至18吋之15吋範圍，而 模擬之長度為3.5至19·5吋之16吋範圍；以真實試驗而言， 9 9%長絲之最大長度為18吋，而模擬之最大長度為19.5 忖，諸例子中之模擬值皆在真實值之10〇/〇内。具有一長度 小於0.5avg且大於1.5avg之長絲數係做測量及模擬，測量結 果為8.2%小於〇.5avg及5.0%大於1.5avg，而模擬結果為 11.16%小於〇.5avg及10.27%大於1.5avg，模擬結果並不完 全符合於測量值。針對頂、底分佈尾部所測得之長絲分佈 結果係在統計上視為不可採信者，因為在分佈尾部處取樣 之長絲太少，在模擬中，取樣總數4〇,〇〇〇條長絲，包括許 多尾部長絲，而在測量分佈中僅測量總數5〇〇條長絲，包括 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029Thread B7- 5. Description of the invention (63) 271 indicates that the length of the filament is drawn from the fiber before bonding, so that it can be easily removed, and no drawing is used. Filament length is obtained from the processes described in the paragraphs "Average Fiber Length", "Fiber Length Distribution", and "Fiber Length Histograms" in US Patent No. 4,118,921, which are here for reference. According to Danny's measurement and calculation, there are about 92 filaments in the cross section of the fiber from the second fracture zone, so that 500 filaments can be removed from the new end of the fiber, and the length is recorded and aggregated in one-inch increments. The procedure for obtaining this number of filaments is to repeat the process under "average fiber length" after each batch of OO filaments to generate a histogram 271 of the fiber length and frequency of FIG. 15. The model of the process is simulated to establish the same real test process to predict the fiber length distribution represented by the curve 272 in FIG. 15. It can be seen from the figure that the simulation of the fiber length distribution is close to the actual fiber length distribution. For the real test, the digital average fiber length is 110 inches, and the analog digital average fiber length is 111 忖. In other words, the middle is 98%. The length of the filament is 15 inches in the range of 3 to 18 inches, and the length of the simulation is 16 inches in the range of 3.5 to 19.5 inches. In the actual test, the maximum length of 99% filaments is 18 inches, and The maximum length of the simulation is 19.5 忖. The simulation values in all examples are within 10/0 of the true value. A number of filaments with a length less than 0.5avg and greater than 1.5avg were measured and simulated. The measurement results were 8.2% less than 0.5avg and 5.0% greater than 1.5avg. The simulation results were 11.16% less than 0.5avg and 10.27% greater than 1.5avg, the simulation results do not exactly match the measured values. The filament distribution results measured for the top and bottom distribution tails are considered statistically unacceptable, because too few filaments were sampled at the tail of the distribution. In the simulation, the total number of samples taken was 40,000 Yarn, including many long tail yarns, and only a total of 500 filaments were measured in the measurement distribution, including the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) for this paper size 507029

少里尾部長絲。另纟，較多長絲可在測量之樣品中取樣， 圖15中之資料亦表列於表I中。 真實試驗及模擬之值皆在以下之本發明紗線產品限制 内： -平均纖維長度=11.0&amp;1M，皆26忖 中間98%範圍=15及16吋，分別》^ 〇吋及吋 取大99%長絲長度=18及ns忖，皆&lt;25叶 小於1.5avg之長絲長度=5〇%及1〇27%，係在5%及小於 1 5 %之間 小於0.5avg之長絲長度==8.2%及11 16%，係在5%及小於 1 5 %之間 以下之表I說明其它模擬操作條件，包括一些比較性範例 模擬，及揭示在本發明限制内之操作變數多項範圍。具有 真實及模擬結果之一些真實試驗亦包含於其中。 表I模擬結果（eb = 0.1針對所有模擬之各斷裂區） 1 範例 CM P2 (D2-iy mi-n LI L2 L2/IJ Ndg/Nuc LI Ndg/Nuc L2 平均長 進給織維 丁尼爾 Ffla 相關 圖/表 小於0.5 avg之孅 維百分比 大於0.5 avg之織 維百分比 CE1 25 21- - -... yr - 0.80% 16.6&quot; 1250 6 Fi丨 16 CE2 - IQ&quot; - 0.89% 5.T* 1250 18 A 25 6 3〇- !0** [33 12.1% J.39% 6.0㈣ 1250 17 AI 21^, 2,8 2:0 \qm .33 B 25 i 3(T ]〇- 4.43% 5.26% 6.2m 1250 17 B1 25 ^,79 4,34 0.7 W .33 3.8% C 25 IQ 0.16 IQ- .33 2.04 V&quot; 7.6^% 6.5&quot; 1250 16 1-3 A^l \7Μί D 25 2,5 l〇 6 4Γ 33 12.1% 1.4% 9.7” 755 E 25 5 5 1 ,33 4.5% 3.0% 9.8&quot; 755 F 10 0.16 4Γ 丨 2 0% 7.6% 10.fi- 755 G 5 ή 1.25 5Q&quot; .33 4.34% 2.56% 10.1·* 1200 g Fk IQ mo Η IQ 3 0.22 5〇rt .33 2.04% 6.14% 10.6· 1200 8 J 3〇 (j 1.25 10” .2 4.44% 3.40% 6.0- 1200 14 K 2SL·. 10 3 0.22 一 10· ]〇·* 2 1.95·/« 8.18% 6.4W 1200 13 FielS mmil 2fi2 3 X 0.5 5Γ ΚΙ,φ J4 11.1&quot; 9147 Fie !5 simu JLL16- 1027 ______- fi7 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210x 297公釐)Shaowei long silk. In addition, more filaments can be sampled from the measured samples. The information in Figure 15 is also listed in Table I. The actual test and simulation values are within the following limits of the yarn product of the present invention:-average fiber length = 11.0 &amp; 1M, both 26 皆 middle 98% range = 15 and 16 inches, whichever is greater than "^ 〇 inches and inches" 99% filament length = 18 and ns 忖, both <25 leaf filament lengths less than 1.5avg = 50% and 1027%, which are between 5% and less than 15% filaments less than 0.5avg Length == 8.2% and 11 16%, which are between 5% and less than 15%. Table I illustrates other simulated operating conditions, including some comparative example simulations, and reveals multiple ranges of operating variables within the limits of the present invention. . Some real tests with real and simulated results are also included. Table I Simulation results (eb = 0.1 for each simulated fault zone) 1 Example CM P2 (D2-iy mi-n LI L2 L2 / IJ Ndg / Nuc LI Ndg / Nuc L2 Average long feed Weaving nipple Ffla correlation Figure / table is less than 0.5 avg, the percentage of dimensional dimension is greater than 0.5 avg, the percentage of weaving dimension CE1 25 21---... yr-0.80% 16.6 &quot; 1250 6 Fi 丨 16 CE2-IQ &quot;-0.89% 5.T * 1250 18 A 25 6 3〇-! 0 ** [33 12.1% J.39% 6.0㈣ 1250 17 AI 21 ^, 2,8 2: 0 \ qm .33 B 25 i 3 (T) 〇- 4.43% 5.26% 6.2m 1250 17 B1 25 ^, 79 4,34 0.7 W .33 3.8% C 25 IQ 0.16 IQ- .33 2.04 V &quot; 7.6 ^% 6.5 &quot; 1250 16 1-3 A ^ l \ 7Μί D 25 2,5 l〇6 4Γ 33 12.1% 1.4% 9.7 ”755 E 25 5 5 1, 33 4.5% 3.0% 9.8 &quot; 755 F 10 0.16 4Γ 丨 2 0% 7.6% 10.fi- 755 G 5 Price 1.25 5Q &quot; .33 4.34% 2.56% 10.1 · * 1200 g Fk IQ mo Η IQ 3 0.22 50〇rt .33 2.04% 6.14% 10.6 · 1200 8 J 3〇 (j 1.25 10 ”.2 4.44% 3.40% 6.0- 1200 14 K 2SL · . 10 3 0.22-10 ·] 〇 · * 2 1.95 · / «8.18% 6.4W 1200 13 F ielS mmil 2fi2 3 X 0.5 5Γ ΚΙ, φ J4 11.1 &quot; 9147 Fie! 5 simu JLL16- 1027 ______- fi7-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297 mm)

訂 t 507029 A7 B7Order t 507029 A7 B7

五、發明説明（65 ) 表I 試驗結果 7^? 3 2 0.5 5Γ 1^,91 .34 11.0” 9147 Fi«r 1S mea« 8.2* 5.0* 試驗20 4,^ 3,2 0.61 4Γ 8.9-i 9700 Table Π 14.7 s 12.4 s _試驗21 3,ζ) 0.56 罚&quot; .58 17.5” s 7800 Table Π 11.9 s 12.4 s 試驗22 3,Q 0.56 25,7* 19.· .39 6.4Ms 7800 Table II Π.9β 121s 試驗23 • 丨9 • • 丨(Γ 8.0M s 9700 Table II 18.3 s 18.4 s 試驗24 4,^7 0.7 1SL2 .35 6.7-s 7800 Iabig.ll . 14.1 s 12.7 s · s=模擬結果 *統計上之不確定性 範例CE1、CE2係在一總速度比Dt = 25時操作之比較性 模擬範例’在範例C E 1中，斷裂區長度l 1為3 0吋且雙重抓 持長絲之百分比低。當CE 1之長絲分佈繪表於圖1 6中時， 其係決定99%長絲之最大長度為25吋以上。在範例CE2 中’斷裂區長度為1 〇吋且平均長絲長度小於6 〇吋，相信當 使用交織以做結合時此共度可有助於降低紗線強度^ CE2 之長絲分佈繪表於圖1 7中，可看出9 9 %長絲之最大長度為 小於2 5对’其改善超越範例c E 1者。由於雙重抓持長絲之 百分比在單一斷裂區之二比較性範例中皆低，因此預期運 作這些範例時會有操作上之問題。當類似於模擬條件之試 驗在單一斷裂區中進行時，對於區域長度2〇吋者而言，操 作問題發生於接近2 0之速度比，而對於區域長度丨〇吋者則 為接近5之速度比。 範例A、B、C、D、E、F係模擬範例，且亦以總速度比 Dt = 25時操作。範例a說明在第二斷裂區中之高速度比 -68- 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱)V. Description of the invention (65) Table I Test results 7 ^? 3 2 0.5 5Γ 1 ^, 91.34 11.0 ”9147 Fi« r 1S mea «8.2 * 5.0 * Test 20 4, ^ 3,2 0.61 4Γ 8.9-i 9700 Table Π 14.7 s 12.4 s _test 21 3, ζ) 0.56 penalty &quot; .58 17.5 ”s 7800 Table Π 11.9 s 12.4 s test 22 3, Q 0.56 25,7 * 19. · .39 6.4Ms 7800 Table II Π.9β 121s Test 23 • 丨 9 • • 丨 (Γ 8.0M s 9700 Table II 18.3 s 18.4 s Test 24 4, ^ 7 0.7 1SL2 .35 6.7-s 7800 Iabig.ll. 14.1 s 12.7 s · s = simulation Result * Statistical Uncertainty Example CE1, CE2 are comparative simulation examples of operation at a total speed ratio Dt = 25. In Example CE 1, the length of the fracture zone l 1 is 30 inches and the filament is double gripped The percentage is low. When the filament distribution of CE 1 is plotted in Figure 16, it determines that the maximum length of 99% filaments is 25 inches or more. In the example CE2, the 'fracture zone length is 10 inches and the average length is The filament length is less than 60 inches. It is believed that this commonness can help reduce the yarn strength when interlacing is used for bonding ^ The filament distribution of CE2 is shown in Figure 17 and can be seen 9 9 % The maximum length of the filament is less than 2 5 pairs whose improvement surpasses the example c E 1. Since the percentage of double-gripping filaments is low in the two comparative examples of a single fracture zone, it is expected that there will be Operational problems. When tests similar to the simulated conditions are performed in a single fracture zone, for a zone length of 20 inches, the operation problem occurs at a speed ratio close to 20, and for a zone length of 丨 inches The speed ratio is close to 5. Examples A, B, C, D, E, and F are simulation examples, and also operate with a total speed ratio Dt = 25. Example a illustrates a high speed ratio of -68 in the second fracture zone. -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 public love)

裝 訂Binding

線 507029 A7 B7 ' 五、發明説明（66 ) D2 = 10，其在第二斷裂區中生成低百分比之雙重抓持長 絲，儘管該百分比已大於比較性範例之單一斷裂區内者 50%。範例A1揭tf弟一斷裂區速度比之減低及第一斷裂區 速度比之增高係生成一超越範例A之操作性改良。範例B揭 示第一及第二斷裂區以相同速度比5操作之情形，此對於雙 重抓持長絲之百分比有良好結果，儘管第二斷裂區有一較 低值而使得操作問題較易在此發生。範例B 1說明藉由減低 第二斷裂區之速度比及增高第一斷裂區之速度比，吾人可 預期改善第二區之操作性，使二區具有相同高之雙重抓持 長絲百分比，3.8°/。之近似值係在（D2-l)/(Dl-l) = 〇.7時可 自圖4之圖表中取得。範例C說明用於減低雙重抓持長絲百 分比之第一斷裂區高速度比相較於範例A、B之效應，惟， 在D 1 = 1 0時，雙重抓持長絲百分比係高於範例a中當 D2=10時之第二斷裂區内者，此亦可由圖1〇A中之真實資 料支持，即理想值（D2-1)/(D1-1) = 0.7時之最大操作性點 157，在此點處，Dt = 42.8、Dl=7.5、及 D2 = 5.7。相關於 雙重抓持長絲之操作性問題似乎以比第一斷裂區者低之速 度比發生於第二斷裂區内。範例C之長絲分佈係揭示於圖 18中’其具有平均長度= 6.51叫~(&gt;=6忖）、中間98 %範圍 =10吋（&gt;=6.51吋）、及最大99%長絲長度=11.5吋（&lt;=25 忖）’長度小於0.5avg之長絲數及大於i.5avg之長絲數之模 擬結果為13.43%小於〇.5avg及12·06%大於1.5avg，其不僅 舉例說明本發明且每吋具有一良好之長絲數。範例D、e、 F分別揭示當使用較長之第一及第二斷裂區l 1、l 2時相似 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇χ 297公釐) 507029 A7 _____B7 ~ 五、發明説明（67 ) 於範例A、B、C之結果，由於L2 = 〇 33L1 ,因此各例子中 在雙重抓持長絲百分比上有極小之效應，平均長絲長度係 依預期而增大。 範例G、Η、J、K說明在一較尚總速度比D t = 3 〇時操作之 模擬範例，其使用不同之區域長度，但是範例G、H中仍為 L2 = 0.33L1。諸範例較適合分別利用雙重抓持長絲之百分 比以比較於範例B、C，因為Dt之增大並不足以大幅減低百 分比。範例G之長絲分佈係揭示於圖19中，其具有一比較 於範例C之較長平均長度=1 〇 · 1忖，一較寬之中間9 8 %範圍 =15付’及一較高之最大99%長絲長= 17·5吋，長度小於 〇.5avg之長絲數及大於h5avg之長絲數之模擬結果為 15.49%小於〇.5avg及14.30%大於1.5avg。範例g比較於範 例C而具有一相對應之每吋較低長絲末端，儘管降低進給紗 線之丹尼及增加速度比亦有助於較低值。在範例了、κ中， L 2 = 0.2L 1 ,但是此變化並不足以使其分別相較於範例β、 C時有較大差異。 圖20揭示圖9之製程簡示圖，其中一新拉伸-斷裂產物可 藉由在拉引區144之下游端3〇〇導入另一進給纖維3丨a而 成*亦即結合區38之上游端。由於纖維3ia不受拉引，因 此纖維3 1 a中之長絲可呈連續性或非連續性，若使用連續性 長絲’則可為鬲強度長絲且具有低彈性度，例如聚芳基酿 胺纖維，或者可為具有低彈性度之長絲，例如spandex型纖 維（聚酯纖維）或一 2GT( 1，2乙烷二醇（或乙埽乙二醇）且由 對苯二酸予以酯化）或一 3GT(1，3丙烷二醇（或丙晞乙二 --------70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x 297公釐)Line 507029 A7 B7 'V. Description of the invention (66) D2 = 10, which generates a low percentage of double-gripping filaments in the second fracture zone, although the percentage is greater than 50% in the single fracture zone of the comparative example. Example A1 reveals that the decrease in the speed ratio of the first fault zone and the increase in the speed ratio of the first fault zone result in an operational improvement that exceeds that of Example A. Example B reveals the case where the first and second fracture zones operate at the same speed ratio of 5. This has good results for the percentage of double-gripping filaments, although the second fracture zone has a lower value, which makes handling problems easier to occur here. . Example B 1 shows that by reducing the speed ratio of the second fracture zone and increasing the speed ratio of the first fracture zone, we can expect to improve the operability of the second zone, so that the second zone has the same percentage of double-grip filaments, 3.8 ° /. The approximate value can be obtained from the chart in Figure 4 when (D2-l) / (Dl-1) = 0.7. Example C illustrates the effect of the high speed ratio of the first fracture zone to reduce the percentage of double-gripping filaments compared to examples A and B. However, when D 1 = 10, the percentage of double-gripping filaments is higher than the example. In the second fault zone when D2 = 10 in a, this can also be supported by the real data in Figure 10A, that is, the maximum operability point when the ideal value (D2-1) / (D1-1) = 0.7 157, at this point, Dt = 42.8, Dl = 7.5, and D2 = 5.7. Operational problems related to double-gripping filaments appear to occur in the second fracture zone at a lower speed ratio than those in the first fracture zone. The filament distribution of Example C is disclosed in FIG. 18 'It has an average length = 6.51 to (&gt; = 6 忖), a middle 98% range = 10 inches (&gt; = 6.51 inches), and a maximum of 99% filaments Length = 11.5 inches (&lt; = 25 忖) 'The simulation results of the number of filaments less than 0.5avg and the number of filaments greater than i.5avg are 13.43% less than 0.5avg and 12.06% greater than 1.5avg, which not only The invention is exemplified and has a good filament count per inch. Examples D, e, and F respectively reveal similarity when using the longer first and second fracture zones l 1, 12 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) 507029 A7 _____B7 ~ V. Explanation of the invention (67) In the results of Examples A, B, and C, since L2 = 〇33L1, there is a minimal effect on the percentage of double-gripping filament in each example, and the average filament length increases as expected. Big. Examples G, Η, J, and K illustrate simulation examples operating at a relatively high total speed ratio D t = 3 0, which uses different region lengths, but in examples G and H, L2 = 0.33L1. The examples are more suitable to use the percentage of double-gripping filaments respectively to compare with examples B and C, because the increase of Dt is not enough to reduce the percentage significantly. The filament distribution of Example G is disclosed in FIG. 19, which has a longer average length compared to Example C = 0.1 忖, a wider middle 98% range = 15 pay 'and a higher The maximum 99% filament length = 17.5 inches. The simulation results of the number of filaments less than 0.5avg and the number of filaments greater than h5avg were 15.49% less than 0.5avg and 14.30% greater than 1.5avg. Example g is compared with example C and has a corresponding lower filament end per inch, although lowering the denier of the feed yarn and increasing the speed ratio also contribute to lower values. In the example, κ, L 2 = 0.2L 1, but this change is not enough to make it have a large difference when compared with the examples β and C, respectively. FIG. 20 shows a schematic diagram of the process of FIG. 9, in which a new tensile-fracture product can be formed by introducing another feed fiber 3a at the downstream end 300 of the drawing area 144 *, that is, the bonding area 38 Upstream. Since the fiber 3ia is not drawn, the filaments in the fiber 3 1 a may be continuous or discontinuous. If continuous filaments are used, they may be 鬲 -strength filaments and have low elasticity, such as polyarylate. Ammonia fibers, or filaments with low elasticity, such as spandex-type fibers (polyester fibers) or 2GT (1,2 ethylene glycol (or ethylene glycol)) and terephthalic acid Esterified) or 3GT (1,3 propanediol (or propanediol) -------- 70- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297 mm)

訂Order

線 507029 A7 B7 'Line 507029 A7 B7 ''

為包括一聚合物，如尼龍、聚酉旨、 加於纖維30，後者較佳 聚芳基醯胺、氟聚合物 或Nomex⑧（其係用於纖維及紙張之品牌名稱，具有異苯二 醯氯、甲戊二婦）’ Kevlar⑧·連續性長絲之聚芳基醯胺纖維 曾在一產物中結合於聚酯，及Lycra®連續性長絲之彈性纖 維冒在另一產物中結合於聚酉旨。 圖2 1揭π圖9之製程簡示圖，其中一新拉伸·斷裂產物可 藉由在拉伸區12 4之下游端3 〇 2導入另一進給纖維3丨b而 成，亦即第一斷裂區3 4之上游端。若不需拉伸之纖維3 J b 係添加至已拉伸之纖維3 〇時則特別有幫助，纖維3 〇、3 i b 在第一斷裂區34内同時斷裂，且在其餘製程中繼續一起處 理’此纖維3 1 b較佳為聚合物族，包括聚芳基酿胺、氟聚 合物、及Nomex⑧，且其添加於纖維30，後者較佳為包括一 取自尼龍或聚醋族之聚合物。 圖22揭示圖9之製程簡示圖，其中一新拉伸-斷裂產物可 藉由在拉伸區124之下游端302進給另一第一纖維3 lb而 成，亦即第一斷裂區34之上游端；及在拉引區144之下游 ^300進給另一弟二纖維31a而成，亦即結合區38之上游 端，此形成圖2 0、2 1所示之有利纖維特性之組合。一較佳 之貫施例係以氟聚合物做為另一第一纖維3 1 b、以spandex 型纖維做為另一第二纖維3 1 a，且二者皆結合一聚酯纖維 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) A7To include a polymer, such as nylon, polyimide, added to the fiber 30, the latter is preferably polyarylamine, fluoropolymer, or Nomex® (which is the brand name for fibers and paper, has isophenylene dichloride Kevlar⑧ · Continuous filaments of polyarylamide fibers were combined with polyester in one product, and Lycra® continuous filaments of elastic fibers were combined with polycondensate in another product Purpose. Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of the manufacturing process of Fig. 9 in which a new drawn and fractured product can be formed by introducing another feed fiber 3b at the downstream end 3 2 of the drawing area 12 4, that is, The upstream end of the first fracture zone 34. It is particularly helpful if the fiber 3 J b which does not need to be drawn is added to the drawn fiber 30, and the fibers 30 and 3 ib are simultaneously broken in the first fracture zone 34, and continue to be processed together in the remaining processes 'This fiber 3 1 b is preferably a polymer family, including polyarylamine, fluoropolymer, and Nomex (R), and it is added to fiber 30, the latter preferably includes a polymer from nylon or polyester family . FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of the process of FIG. 9, in which a new stretch-fracture product can be formed by feeding another first fiber 3 lb at the downstream end 302 of the stretch zone 124, that is, the first fracture zone 34 The upstream end; and feeding the second fiber 31a downstream of the drawing area 144 300, that is, the upstream end of the bonding area 38, which forms a combination of favorable fiber characteristics as shown in Figs. 20 and 21 . A preferred embodiment is to use a fluoropolymer as another first fiber 3 1 b, and a spandex-type fiber as another second fiber 3 1 a, and both are combined with a polyester fiber. China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) A7

此紗線產品有助於做為一織物紗線且用於編織成機 另-產物使用非連續性聚g旨做為_ [拉伸之第一進給 你ϋ隹，以KeVlai：(S)聚芳基醯胺另—第—進給纖維隨著聚酉旨拉 I ’及結合LyCra®連續性長絲彈性纖維之另一第二進 …纖維，以構成一三成分式紗線。 田已做某程度處理之混纖，如賦予纖維某些視覺特徵之 ，戈表面處理，可由肉眼偵測時，則本發明之拉伸斷裂 =程將特別有利。拉伸斷裂為一實用方式，可製成特殊紗 :而無關於許多額外步驟，例如在習知定長短混纖中之銀 砝先裁切（切削）、混合、梳理、梳毛及類似於圖2 9中之 516、5 18所不者，在此習知系統中，大量之進給纖維需製 =以v製奴安適，因為各產物運作後清理諸處理設備乃十 t費力及費時。在拉伸斷裂之例子中，僅有少量進給纖維 而製備以利與其它纖維相互混合，實際上並不需要清理以 切換至另一產物混合物，而非改變一線軸架上之綑，其特 別有助於製備少量之有色混紗。參閱圖9，申請人已發現藉 由進給一不同於第二進給纖維3 ld之第一彩色纖維31(^，則 不同色紗線可成為二色混合，所謂不同色係指二色，主 要為非白色與非灰褐色，儘管一纖維可為一白色或灰褐色 而另一者可為明顯之非白色、非灰褐色，其目的在於二明 顯不同之顏色係組合及一起拉伸斷裂，隨後結合以產生_ 新的不同顏色。ASTM委員會E 12之E-284標準說明一方法 以區別中性色，例如白色及灰褐色，係根據一亮度測量且 白色及灰褐色具有大於90 %之亮度，另外容許區別之色調 _ -72- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)This yarn product is helpful as a fabric yarn and used for weaving into another machine-the product uses discontinuous poly g as the _ [first feed for stretching you, with KeVlai: (S) Poly-aramide is the first-fed fiber along with Poly-Purpose I I and another second-fed fiber combined with LyCra® continuous filament elastic fiber to form a three-component yarn. The mixed fibers that Tian has done a certain degree of treatment, such as imparting certain visual characteristics to the fibers, and surface treatment, can be detected by the naked eye, the tensile fracture of the invention will be particularly advantageous. Stretch-breaking is a practical way to make special yarns: without many extra steps, such as cutting (cutting), mixing, carding, carding, and similar to Fig. 2 the silver weights in conventional fixed-length short and mixed fibers Among 516 in 9 and 5 in 18, in this conventional system, a large amount of feed fiber needs to be made = v is safe, because cleaning up the processing equipment after each product is laborious and time consuming. In the case of tensile fracture, only a small amount of fiber is fed to prepare for mixing with other fibers. In fact, it does not need to be cleaned to switch to another product mixture, rather than changing the bundle on a spool frame. Its special Helps to prepare a small amount of colored blended yarn. Referring to FIG. 9, the applicant has found that by feeding a first colored fiber 31 (^) different from the second feeding fiber 3 ld, yarns of different colors can be mixed into two colors. The so-called different colors refer to two colors. Mainly non-white and non-grey brown, although one fiber can be a white or taupe and the other can be obvious non-white, non-taupe, the purpose is to combine two distinctly different colors and stretch together to break, Subsequent combinations produce new colors. The ASTM Committee E 12 E-284 standard describes a method to distinguish neutral colors, such as white and taupe, based on a measurement of brightness and white and taupe have a brightness greater than 90%. ， Also allow the difference of color tone--72- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

訂Order

線 507029 A7 B7 ~ 五、發明説明（7〇 ) 與陰影，以利用CIELAB單位偵測出色差，即不同色會有至 少2·0之CIELAB單位差異。藉由混合至少二不同色纖維， 其中一色具有大於90 %之亮度而其它者具有至少2.0之 CIELAB單位色差，以自至少二不同進給纖維產生一新色紗 線’新紗線之顏色明顯不同於任一進給纖維之顏色。當進 步處理成布料時’混色即有如一溫和淺紅色。可混合於 本拉伸斷裂製程之其他目視差異為在反射性、吸收性、潤 濕性、及類此者上有明顯差異之纖維。 圖2 3係圖1製程線之簡示正視圖，說明在結合區3 8之後 加入一退火區124a，退火區已揭述於圖8中具有加熱裝置 140之拉伸區124，其使用上無速度變化比。此有助於紗線 最後收縮需控制至一規定值之製程中，且紗線製成後之退 火為達成此目的之最直接方式，其亦有助於當進給纖維由 二不同纖維組成時’且退火熱處理可令紗線中之各纖維有 不同反應，以產生一特殊效果之紗線，且當長絲之收縮量 不同則差異之收縮量可產生一鬆散或圈環形紗線^ 圖24揭示來自一新拉伸斷裂產物之長絲之顯微照片，該 產物具有因拉伸斷裂製程所致之各長絲分又末端3〇4，進給 纖維係一人造纖維，包含連續性聚酯長絲，係得自Ε Ι· DuPont之Coolmax(S&gt;商品且說明於Gorrafa之3 914 488號美 國專利及Aneja之5,736,243號美國專利。亦請參閱圖25， 其揭示長絲之一截面圖，長絲具有一寬度3〇6且在該寬度内 有利用薄部分314、316銜接之複數厚部分3〇8、31〇、 3 12，據信當長絲斷裂時拉伸斷裂製程可使薄部分3 、 507029 A7 B7 五、發明説明（71 ) 316斷於長絲之末端，斷裂發生在至少大約三長絲寬度之一 長度3 1 8處，因此一或多個厚部分例如308會***於長絲末 端之其它厚部分310、312，據信其造成紗線中有較多長絲 末端之外觀及感覺，而改善紗線製成織物之手感。 表II產物-製程結論 .試 驗 9^1 f^etanal fmmdt matsrM dmmrn fFmmdi Smmd 〇ΠΜΤ CHw HMt 04 fMigil fate L4 An) fd«ci Anl utm^L 01 tongti miQ L1 fln) MBvfc 02 bngtf» ra«o 12 (Μ Dwam ΟΛ r«6o LS flnl Cmmmi OS «Μ 一 L3fln&gt; Yam M ctonter OHwMm d1.1 UfM· L2TU Airg Prod (9. Spd fln.l YPM 1 N«(onP 9147 1.S 112.0 188.0 12.0 4.20 52.Q 3.2$ 170 2.26 1β.5 2.50 10.0 oar 9〇 137 o.se 0.33 2 MvtanF «147 3.0 11^.0 18&amp;0 12.Q 4,20 • 3.00 • 2.00 * ZOO • oar 90 200 0.$0 3 Teflon* W 1730 7.0 n/a US • 2.00 • 2.20 * ΖΌ0 • 0.94 TO 162 Y20 4 3.0 112 0 18βΟ 12.0 2.43 • 2.00 * 3.00 • 2.00 • 0 96 70 397 2.00 5 T505 Tetoi^W t730 5.5 η/α 1.01 • 2.50 • - 2.«L • 2,50 * 0.94 90 274 0.β7 8 1505 Mvna&gt;*W 200 e.s n/a 1.01 • 2.20 • 2.00 • ISO # QM 00 230 0.67 7 1606 2.0 nim 1.01 • • 2.00 * 3.10 • 0.0$ ao t01 067 S 0«TOI*W 7350 T#«on*W 1730 2.5 112.0 1ββ.Ο 1Z0 ^43 * 3.00 • 100 • 2.00 * Ql9S 89 278 too $ Oaonon*W 7350 3.0 112.0 iea.0 t2.0 2.43 * 2.00 • 100 • 3.00 * 092 70 274 too ίο Qam.W 7350 tvm* W 30 3.0 mo 1U0 12.0 2.43 2.00 * 2.00 • 3.00 * ΟΒβ 70 31β 100 11 Coeimflo^P 4016 3.0 112.0 1800 12.0 ZSS S2L0 2.70 170 ZOO 19.S 130 10.0 Q.09 70 2TT oso 0.33 12 NytanP M 3256 AAfbwoiM 325β 3 0 870 ΙββΌ t20 2.80 47.0 3 00 13.6 2.00 160 145 mo on 110 280 0.90 〇-» 1Z MytofiP UM SM 3256 Νν«βηΡ Alibi 334« 3.0 S7.0 1880 12.0 2.00 470 3 00 13.5 2.00 1β.Ο 14S 2S.0 0 89 100 280 050 0.29 14 K^r-W 190$ Km^t^W 100 $.S fVe · 1.01 52.0 2.S0 15.0 2.00 1S.5 1.50 10.0 0 94 00 31t 0.67 0.29 1S Omvi*W 7350 Teflon· W 1730 Lvcni* W 30 2.0 112.0 ΙββΟ 12.0 2.43 S20 3 00 tro 3 00 te.S 3 00 10 0 0.94 70 217 0.63 0.33 -ia« Daovn#W 9738 Decran· W 973β TO eea $ 36.0 330 470 4.60 14.0 ZM 1β Ο t 54 3S.S 0.96 SO 277 o.e 030 CUeron&quot;!» 9700 3.1 60.0 166.0 12.0 3.40 4β.Ο 4.60 U.5 3.20 30.0 Q.06 A 192 0.61 18 MvIph 12680 4.S ββ.0 1M0 MuO 360 470 β.11 «4.0 3.1β 2T.0 0.97 ao teo 0.42 0.30 _W 19 0«om# 9700 15 ββ.0 1β8.0 1^0 3.4Q 470 4.37 14.0 XX 31 S CM 00 198 0.7 0.30 21 0«a〇n* 9709 4 3 660 isa.Q 12.0 340 47.0 4.00 14 0 3JO 20.5 a 04 a 20β· o.ei 0.30 9r, 2Ά Oacm* 7800 ft.6 ee.d 1M0 12.0 2 SO 4β.Ο 4.« 2S.0 3.00 32.0 0.94 β 200 0.M 0.S8 its·· *n 23 3.6 me 1U.0 12.0 2 80 ?57 4βα 100 3.00 »5 CM Λ IM 0.5β oa· 78M T.7 M0 1800 t2.Q 2.SQ 4Τ.0 100 t4.a 10.00 20.5 0.94 A 279 . Atr^ xa 24 〇M«n# 7600 12 ββ.0 1ββ.Ο 110 zoo 30.0 4.37 10.S 3 35 70.5 0.94 a 2« 0.7 0M cr· »0 25 MJW 9,9 ββ.ύ 1000 40.0 102 4θ.Ο 3 00 16.0 2.90 205 0.97 a 160 on 0.33 73· 20 SC23W 4714 9.9 68 2 t«0 0 4Q (1 100 4Λ.0 3 83 1鵪 0 i10 9£f. ..W,,. t7B 039 -A».. 2» • TM E.I. OuPbot nnuit«roni«aniuMion iromdsta, nc ·* piddle; W a wound MOO Cfor24-, then 188 C for ir ft sm tandem let ttbto 表II說明依本發明製成之多項產物，其利用圖11之裝置且 實施圖9之製程，總數大約1，500-20,000丹尼之進給材料產 生大約100-400丹尼之紗線，在製程中拉伸之纖維通常為完 全拉伸，使得進入第一斷裂區之斷裂伸長量大約1 0 %。 試驗1揭示製造一具有137最終丹尼之尼龍紗線之製程條 -74- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 507029 A7 B7 ^ 五、發明説明（72 ) — 件，製程具有一拉伸區、一第一斷裂區、一第二斷裂區、 一拉引區、·及一結合區，相似於圖9者。進給紗線來自圖 11中之散裝客置160 (在表π中以P表示），最終紗線產物則 捲繞於圖1 1中之捲繞機222上，結合噴射口 8 3 a (如圖9、 2 6)具有一流體細孔且對於紗線移行方向呈一 6 〇度之角度 340，所有試驗皆使用此噴射口 83a ^噴射口外部表面328 相隔於輥組148之輥150、152間夾縫有一大約6.〇叶之距 離，據信此製程產生一具有本發明特徵之紗線，即平均長 絲長度大於或等於6吋、99%長絲之最大長度小於25忖、 及中間9 8 %長絲長度定義一長度範圍值且大於或等於平均 長絲長度值；及其中5%至1 5%長絲之辰度大於1β5倍平均 長絲長度。 試驗2揭示一相似於試驗1之製程條件，具有一拉伸區、 第一斷裂區、及一第二斷裂區，大致相同於用以製成圖 15所示產物者，產物藉由進一步在一拉伸區及一結合區内 完成處理而製成一 209丹尼紗線，此產物預期具有一相似於 圖1 5所示之長絲分佈。 試驗3揭示一利用一聚合物製成之產物，聚合物具有一小 於〇.1之長絲之間摩擦係數，其係由£〗DuPont de Nem〇urs &amp; Company (以下簡稱為&quot;DuP〇nt，，）製造之Tefl〇n(1)商標氟聚 合物，製程所製之一定長短Tefi〇n®產物係難以由其它方式 經濟地製造。圖1 A中所示之” omega，，式纏繞係用於圖丨丨之 輥組50a、62a、148a上，以控制纖維在輥組内之滑移，進 給纖維由圖1 1中之一捲繞綑162供給（在表π中以w表示）。 - -75 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱5&quot; 507029Line 507029 A7 B7 ~ V. Description of the invention (70) and shadows to use CIELAB units to detect outstanding differences, that is, different colors will have at least 2 · 0 CIELAB unit differences. By mixing at least two different colored fibers, one of which has a brightness of greater than 90% and the other of which has a CIELAB unit color difference of at least 2.0, to produce a new colored yarn from at least two different feed fibers, the color of the new yarn is significantly different The color of any feed fiber. When further processed into fabrics, the 'color mixing is like a mild reddish color. Other visual differences that can be blended in this tensile fracture process are fibers that have significant differences in reflectivity, absorbency, wetting, and the like. FIG. 2 is a schematic front view of the process line of FIG. 1, illustrating that an annealing zone 124 a is added after the bonding zone 38. The annealing zone has been disclosed in the stretching zone 124 with the heating device 140 in FIG. 8. Speed change ratio. This helps the final shrinkage of the yarn to be controlled to a specified value, and the annealing after the yarn is made is the most direct way to achieve this. It also helps when the feed fiber is composed of two different fibers. 'And the annealing heat treatment can make each fiber in the yarn react differently to produce a special effect yarn, and when the shrinkage of the filaments is different, the difference in shrinkage can produce a loose or looped yarn ^ Figure 24 Reveals a photomicrograph of filaments from a new stretch-fractured product with filaments and ends 304 resulting from the stretch-fracture process. The feed fiber is a man-made fiber containing continuous polyester. Filaments are derived from Coolmax (S &gt; product of EI DuPont and are described in US Patent No. 3,914,488 to Gorrafa and US Patent No. 5,736,243 to Aneja. See also FIG. 25, which shows a cross-sectional view of one of the filaments, The filament has a width of 306 and within this width a plurality of thick portions 308, 31, and 3 12 joined by thin portions 314, 316. It is believed that the thin portion can be stretched by a tensile breaking process when the filament is broken. 3, 507029 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (71) 316 breaks at the end of the filament and the break occurs at a length of at least about one of three filament widths 3 1 8 so one or more thick portions such as 308 will split at other thick portions 310, 312 at the end of the filament, it is believed It causes the appearance and feel of more filament ends in the yarn, and improves the feel of the fabric made from the yarn. Table II Product-Process conclusion. Test 9 ^ 1 f ^ etanal fmmdt matsrM dmmrn fFmmdi Smmd 〇ΠΜΤ CHw HMt 04 fMigil fate L4 An) fd «ci Anl utm ^ L 01 tongti miQ L1 fln) MBvfc 02 bngtf» ra «o 12 (Μ Dwam ΟΛ r« 6o LS flnl Cmmmi OS «Μ 一 L3fln &gt; Yam M ctonter OHwMm d1.1 UfM L2TU Airg Prod (9. Spd fln.l YPM 1 N «(onP 9147 1.S 112.0 188.0 12.0 4.20 52.Q 3.2 $ 170 2.26 1β.5 2.50 10.0 oar 9〇137 o.se 0.33 2 MvtanF« 147 3.0 11 ^ .0 18 & 0 12.Q 4,20 • 3.00 • 2.00 * ZOO • oar 90 200 0. $ 0 3 Teflon * W 1730 7.0 n / a US • 2.00 • 2.20 * ΌΌ0 • 0.94 TO 162 Y20 4 3.0 112 0 18βΟ 12.0 2.43 • 2.00 * 3.00 • 2.00 • 0 96 70 397 2.00 5 T505 Tetoi ^ W t730 5.5 η / α 1.01 • 2.50 •- 2. «L • 2,50 * 0.94 90 274 0.β7 8 1505 Mvna &gt; * W 200 es n / a 1.01 • 2.20 • 2.00 • ISO # QM 00 230 0.67 7 1606 2.0 nim 1.01 • • 2.00 * 3.10 • 0.0 $ ao t01 067 S 0 «TOI * W 7350 T #« on * W 1730 2.5 112.0 1ββ.Ο 1Z0 ^ 43 * 3.00 • 100 • 2.00 * Ql9S 89 278 too $ Oaonon * W 7350 3.0 112.0 iea.0 t2.0 2.43 * 2.00 • 100 • 3.00 * 092 70 274 too ίο Qam.W 7350 tvm * W 30 3.0 mo 1U0 12.0 2.43 2.00 * 2.00 • 3.00 * 〇Ββ 70 31β 100 11 Coeimflo ^ P 4016 3.0 112.0 1800 12.0 ZSS S2L0 2.70 170 ZOO 19.S 130 10.0 Q.09 70 2TT oso 0.33 12 NytanP M 3256 AAfbwoiM 325β 3 0 870 ΙββΌ t20 2.80 47.0 3 00 13.6 2.00 160 145 mo on 110 280 0.90 〇- »1Z MytofiP UM SM 3256 Νν« βηΡ Alibi 334 « 3.0 S7.0 1880 12.0 2.00 470 3 00 13.5 2.00 1β.〇 14S 2S.0 0 89 100 280 050 0.29 14 K ^ rW 190 $ Km ^ t ^ W 100 $ .S fVe1.01 52.0 2.S0 15.0 2.00 1S .5 1.50 10.0 0 94 00 31t 0.67 0.29 1S Omvi * W 7350 TeflonW 1730 Lvcni * W 30 2.0 112.0 ΙββΟ 12.0 2.43 S20 3 00 tro 3 00 te .S 3 00 10 0 0.94 70 217 0.63 0.33 -ia «Daovn # W 9738 Decran · W 973β TO eea $ 36.0 330 470 4.60 14.0 ZM 1β Ο t 54 3S.S 0.96 SO 277 oe 030 CUeron &quot;!» 9700 3.1 60.0 166.0 12.0 3.40 4β.Ο 4.60 U.5 3.20 30.0 Q.06 A 192 0.61 18 MvIph 12680 4.S ββ.0 1M0 MuO 360 470 β.11 «4.0 3.1β 2T.0 0.97 ao teo 0.42 0.30 _W 19 0« om # 9700 15 ββ.0 1β8.0 1 ^ 0 3.4Q 470 4.37 14.0 XX 31 S CM 00 198 0.7 0.30 21 0 «a〇n * 9709 4 3 660 isa.Q 12.0 340 47.0 4.00 14 0 3JO 20.5 a 04 a 20β · ..ei 0.30 9r, 2Ά Oacm * 7800 ft.6 ee.d 1M0 12.0 2 SO 4β.Ο 4. «2S.0 3.00 32.0 0.94 β 200 0.M 0.S8 its · * n 23 3.6 me 1U.0 12.0 2 80? 57 4βα 100 3.00 »5 CM Λ IM 0.5β oa · 78M T.7 M0 1800 t2.Q 2.SQ 4T.0 100 t4.a 10.00 20.5 0.94 A 279. Atr ^ xa 24 〇M «n # 7600 12 ββ.0 1ββ.Ο 110 zoo 30.0 4.37 10.S 3 35 70.5 0.94 a 2« 0.7 0M cr · »0 25 MJW 9,9 ββ.ύ 1000 40.0 102 4θ.〇 3 00 16.0 2.90 205 0.97 a 160 on 0.33 73 · 20 SC23W 4714 9.9 68 2 t «0 0 4Q (1 100 4Λ.0 3 83 1 qua0 i10 9 £ f..W ,,. T7B 039 -A ».. 2» • TM EI OuPbot nnuit «roni« aniuMion iromdsta, nc · * piddle; W a wound MOO Cfor24- , then 188 C for ir ft sm tandem let ttbto Table II illustrates a number of products made according to the present invention, which uses the device of FIG. 11 and implements the process of FIG. 9 to produce a total of approximately 1,500-20,000 Danny feed materials. For yarns of about 100-400 denier, the fibers drawn during the manufacturing process are usually fully drawn, so that the elongation at break into the first fracture zone is about 10%. Test 1 revealed a process strip for manufacturing a nylon yarn with a final denier of 137-74- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 507029 A7 B7 ^ V. Description of the Invention (72) — Pieces The process has a stretch zone, a first fracture zone, a second fracture zone, a pull zone, and a bonding zone, similar to those in FIG. 9. The feed yarn comes from the bulk customer 160 in Fig. 11 (represented by P in Table π), and the final yarn product is wound on the winding machine 222 in Fig. 11 in combination with the ejection port 8 3 a (such as Figures 9 and 26) With a fluid pore and an angle 340 of 60 degrees for the direction of travel of the yarn, all tests use this jet port 83a ^ The outer surface of the jet port 328 is separated by the rollers 150, 152 of the roller group 148 There is a gap of about 6.0 between the gaps, and it is believed that this process produces a yarn with the characteristics of the present invention, that is, the average filament length is 6 inches or more, the maximum length of 99% filaments is less than 25 忖, and the middle 9 8% filament length defines a length range value that is greater than or equal to the average filament length value; and among them, the degree of 5% to 15% filaments is greater than 1β 5 times the average filament length. Test 2 revealed a process condition similar to Test 1 with a tensile zone, a first fracture zone, and a second fracture zone, which are substantially the same as those used to make the product shown in Figure 15. The stretching zone and a bonding zone are processed to form a 209 denier yarn. This product is expected to have a filament distribution similar to that shown in FIG. 15. Test 3 revealed a product made from a polymer having a coefficient of friction between filaments less than 0.1, which was determined by the DuPont de Nemours & Company (hereinafter referred to as &quot; DuP. nt ,,) Teflon (1) trademark fluoropolymer manufactured by the process, a certain length of Tefion® products manufactured by the process is difficult to economically manufacture by other means. The “omega” shown in FIG. 1A is used for the winding groups 50a, 62a, and 148a of FIG. 丨 to control the fiber slippage in the roller group. Roll 162 is supplied (indicated by w in the table π).--75-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 Public Love 5 &quot; 507029).

製私不同於試驗1之處在於纖維並未在拉伸區内加熱或拉 伸，據信此產物具有一大於6.0吋之平均長絲長度，其它特 徵則相似於試驗1者。 試驗4揭示一利用相似於圖21所示製程之產物，其中一高 強度聚芳基醯胺纖維（DuPont之KeWar@商標係聚 $ 拉伸後進給於輕組42之上游端（即圖n中之仏），^基隹 醯胺及聚酯隨後拉伸斷裂、拉引及結合，以產生一 丹尼 之混紗。圖1A中所示之”omega，，式纏繞係用於圖u之輥組 5 0a、62a、148a上，以控制纖維在輥組内之滑移，因為聚 芳基醯胺纖維需要一高施力以斷裂，據信此產物具有相似 於試驗1之長絲長度特徵。 試驗5揭示一利用相似於試驗3製程之產物，其中一聚芳 基酿胺纖維（DuPont之Kevla，商標）及一氟聚合物纖維 (DuPont之Teflor^商標）係一起進給且皆未在拉伸區加熱或 拉伸，Kevlar@&amp;Tefl〇n(S)隨後拉伸斷裂、拉引及結合，以產 生一 397丹尼之混紗。圖1 A中所示之&quot;omega”式纏繞係用於 圖1 1之輥組5 0a、6 2a、148a上，以控制纖維在輥組内之滑 移，因為聚芳基醯胺纖維需要一高施力以斷裂，且氟聚合 物需要較多之表面接觸以避免滑移。此一紗線有利於製成 工業用定時皮帶中之強化織物，其高強度及低摩擦係數極 有價值，據信此產物具有相似於試驗1之長絲長度特徵。 試驗6揭示一利用相似於試驗5製程之產物，其中一聚芳 基酿胺纖維（DuPont之Kevlar®商標）及一高溫纖維（DuP〇nt 之Nomex®商標）係一起進給且皆未在拉伸區加熱或拉伸， -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 507029 五、發明説明（ A7 B7The manufacturing process differs from Test 1 in that the fibers are not heated or stretched in the drawing zone. It is believed that the product has an average filament length greater than 6.0 inches, and other characteristics are similar to those of Test 1. Experiment 4 revealed a product using a process similar to that shown in FIG. 21, in which a high-strength polyarylamide fiber (KeWar @ trademark poly by DuPont) was stretched and fed to the upstream end of light group 42 (that is, in FIG. N).仏), ^ amidamine and polyester are then stretched, broken, drawn and combined to produce a denier blend. The "omega" shown in Figure 1A is used for the rolls of Figure u Group 50a, 62a, 148a to control the fiber slip in the roller group, because the polyarylamide fiber requires a high force to break, it is believed that this product has similar filament length characteristics to Test 1. Test 5 revealed that a product similar to the process of Test 3 was used, in which a polyaryamide fiber (Kevla, a trademark of DuPont) and a fluoropolymer fiber (a trademark of Teflor ^, DuPont) were fed together without pulling. The stretch zone is heated or stretched, and Kevlar @ &amp; Tefl〇n (S) is then stretched to break, pull and combine to produce a 397 denier blended yarn. The &quot; omega "winding shown in Figure 1A It is used on the roller set 5 0a, 6 2a, 148a of Fig. 1 to control the fiber slippage in the roller set, because the polyarylate The amine fiber requires a high force to break, and the fluoropolymer requires more surface contact to avoid slippage. This yarn is beneficial for making reinforced fabrics in industrial timing belts. Its high strength and low coefficient of friction Very valuable, this product is believed to have filament length characteristics similar to Test 1. Test 6 revealed a product utilizing a process similar to Test 5 in which a polyaryamide fiber (Kevlar® trademark of DuPont) and a high temperature The fibers (Nomex® trademark of DuPont) are fed together without heating or stretching in the stretching zone. -76- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029 5 And description of the invention (A7 B7

Kevlar®及Nomex®隨後拉伸斷裂 3 97丹尼之混紗。圖1A中所示之 —斷裂區之方便路徑， 、拉引及結合，以產生一 %mega”式纏繞係用於圖 11之辕組5Ga、62a、池上，以控制纖維在輥組内之滑 移，因為聚芳基醯胺纖維需要-高施力以斷裂，據信此產 物具有相似於試驗1之長絲長度特徵。 試驗7揭示一利用相似於試驗3製程之產物，其中一聚芳 基醯胺纖維（DuPont之Kevlar®商標）係進給至拉伸區内且皆 皆未在拉伸區加熱或拉伸，拉伸區僅為用於輸送纖維至第 一斷裂區之方便路徑v採用一 &quot;omega&quot;式纏繞，一具有ι〇ι 低丹尼之Kevlar®紗線製成且難以由其它方式經濟地製造， 據仏此產物具有相似於試驗1之長絲長度特徵。 試驗8揭示一利用相似於試驗4製程之產物，不同的是一 氣聚合物纖維（DuPont之Teflo,商標）係在聚酿纖維 (DuPont之Dacro,商標）拉伸後進給於輥組〇之上游端（即 圖1 1中之42 a)，氟聚合物及聚酯隨後拉伸斷裂、拉引及妗 合，以產生一 278丹尼之混紗。此一產物可用於製造襪子， 以減少穿者腳部上長水泡，據信此產物具有相似於試驗丨之 長絲長度特徵。 試驗9揭示一相似於試驗丨之製程，不同的是使用一聚酯 纖維，一紗線製成具有274丹尼，據信此產物具有相似於一^ 驗1之長絲長度特徵。 試驗1 0揭示一利用相似於圖2 0所示製程之產物，其中— 連續性長絲彈性纖維（DuPont之Lycra®商標）係在聚酯纖維Kevlar® and Nomex® were then stretch-broken 3 97 denier blends. Shown in Figure 1A—the convenient path of the fracture zone, pulling and combining to produce a% mega "type winding system is used in the group 5Ga, 62a, Chihshang of Figure 11 to control the fiber slip in the roller group It is believed that this product has a filament length characteristic similar to that of Experiment 1 because Polyarylamide fibers require high force to break. Experiment 7 revealed a product using a process similar to that of Experiment 3, in which a polyarylate The amidine fiber (Kevlar® trademark of DuPont) is fed into the stretching zone and neither is heated or stretched in the stretching zone. The stretching zone is only a convenient path for conveying the fiber to the first breaking zone. One &quot; omega &quot; type winding, one made of Kevlar® yarn with low denim and difficult to manufacture economically by other means, according to which the product has a filament length characteristic similar to that of Experiment 1. Experiment 8 revealed First, a product similar to the process of Test 4 was used, except that the aero-polymer fiber (DuPont's Teflo, trademark) was drawn to the upstream end of the roller group 0 after the polymer fiber (DuPont's Dacro, trademark) was stretched (ie, the figure) 42 of 1 1 a), fluoropolymer and polyester Tensile break, pull and couple to produce a 278 denier blended yarn. This product can be used to make socks to reduce long blisters on the wearer's feet. It is believed that this product has filaments similar to the test Length characteristics. Test 9 revealed a process similar to Test 丨 except that a polyester fiber was used and a yarn was made with 274 denier. It is believed that this product has a filament length characteristic similar to Test ^. Test 10 revealed a product using a process similar to that shown in Figure 20, in which—continuous filament elastic fibers (DuPont's Lycra® trademark) are attached to polyester fibers

訂Order

線 507029 A7 _________ B7 五、發明説明（75 ) (DuPont之Dacron®商標）拉伸、拉伸斷裂、及拉引後進給於 輥組148之上游端（即圖1 1中之148a)，Lycra®在結合於 Dacron®纖維之前先伸展大約loo%，然後一起結合，且 Lycra®長絲仍呈連續性。當完成之紗線保持在無張力狀態 下，Lycra®即收縮及產生一高彈性之鬆散環形紗線。 試驗1 1揭示一相似於試驗9之製程，不同的是聚酯長絲之 截面相似於圖25所示者，且製成一具有圖24所示末端之 277丹尼紗線，據信此產物具有相似於試驗1之長絲長度特 徵。 試驗12揭示一相似於試驗1之製程，不同的是進給纖維由 二種不同纖維組成，且各為一不同色，有色纖維係在拉伸 前先組合且一起拉伸及拉伸斷裂，如同單束纖維。第一纖 維呈明顯之粉紅色，而第二纖維呈明顯之紫色，據信此二 色各為一具有小於9 0 %亮度之非中性色，且其色差至少為 2.0 CIELAB單位。生成之紗線顏色明顯不同於進給之紗線 顏色，且據信當此紗線織成一織物時，織物可具有淺紅色 之外觀。 試驗1 3揭示一相似於試驗1 2之製程，不同的是粉紅色纖 維改換成一淺灰色纖維，據信其為一具有大於9 〇 %亮度之 中性色，生成之紗線顏色明顯不同於進給之紗線顏色，且 紗線本身具有一明顯之淺紅色外觀。 試驗14揭示一相似於圖20者之製程，其中一 Kevlar®之第 一進給纖維係拉伸斷裂（如試驗7)及一連續性長絲Kevlar® 之第二纖維係進給於圖1 1中之輥組1 4 8 a上游處，連續性長 ______ -78-_____ 本紙張尺度適用巾g目家標準(CNS) A4規格(2l〇 X 297公釐) &quot; 507029 A7 ____B7 — 五、發明説明（76 ) 絲與Kevlar®之非連續性拉伸斷裂長絲結合，以製成一具有 3 1丨丹尼之強化定長短紗線。 試驗1 5揭示一相似於圖2 2者之製程，其中一 Tefi〇n纖維 進給於輥組4 2上游處（即圖1 1中之4 2 a)(如試驗8)及一 Lycra®纖維進給於輥組ία上游處（即圖1 1中之148a)， Teflon纖維係拉伸斷裂及隨著已拉伸之0&amp;(^0，纖維拉引， 此混合之非連續性長絲纖維則結合於連續性長絲Lycra® , 如試驗1 0所述。此舉可製成一拉伸性、鬆散性、低摩擦之 紗線，有利於減少水泡之伸展襪。 試驗1 6揭示一相似於試驗1之製程，其中二分離之進給紗 線供給至製程’以產生一接近2〇,〇〇〇丹尼之大丹尼進給纖 維至拉伸區内，在拉伸區内，二溫度區係用於圖丨丨之加熱 器140上。一第一區為24吋且1〇〇 °c，其後為一 12吋且188 C之第二區，超過70X之總製程速度比則製成一 277丹尼之 紗線。 試驗1 7說明一依本發明製成之產物，特別是利用圖丨丨之 裝置以實施圖8之製程。欲以圖11之裝置實施圖8之製程 時’其應去除圖1 1中之拉引區144及輥組148a，及移動結 合區38鄰近於輥組62a，因為圖8之製程並未使用一拉引 區。圖28之結合裝置係使用，其另可視為一縱排之喷射裝 置，製程係以總拉伸數4 8操作而製成一 192丹尼之產物， 言正明0.25之低L2/L 1比值。表III即列示縱排噴射裝置之變 數0 __-79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line 507029 A7 _________ B7 V. Description of the invention (75) (DuPont's Dacron® trademark) After stretching, tensile breaking, and drawing, it is fed to the upstream end of roller group 148 (ie, 148a in Figure 11), Lycra® Stretch about loo% before bonding to Dacron® fibers, then bond together, and the Lycra® filaments are still continuous. When the finished yarn is kept under tension, Lycra® shrinks and produces a highly elastic, loose loop yarn. Test 1 1 revealed a process similar to Test 9 except that the cross-section of the polyester filament was similar to that shown in FIG. 25 and a 277 denier yarn with the end shown in FIG. 24 was made. It is believed that this product Has filament length characteristics similar to Test 1. Test 12 revealed a process similar to that of Test 1, except that the feed fiber was composed of two different fibers, each of which was a different color. The colored fibers were combined and stretched and stretched together before stretching, as Single bundle of fibers. The first fiber has a distinct pink color and the second fiber has a distinct purple color. It is believed that each of the two colors is a non-neutral color with a brightness of less than 90%, and the color difference is at least 2.0 CIELAB units. The color of the resulting yarn is significantly different from the color of the fed yarn, and it is believed that when this yarn is woven into a fabric, the fabric may have a light red appearance. Test 13 revealed a process similar to Test 12 except that the pink fiber was replaced with a light gray fiber. It is believed to be a neutral color with a brightness greater than 90%. The color of the resulting yarn was significantly different. The color of the yarn to be fed, and the yarn itself has a distinct light red appearance. Test 14 revealed a process similar to that shown in Figure 20, in which a Kevlar® first feed fiber system was stretched (as in Test 7) and a continuous filament Kevlar® second fiber system was fed in Figure 1 1 In the middle of the roller group 1 4 8 a, the continuity is long ______ -78 -_____ This paper size is applicable to the gauze standard (CNS) A4 specification (2l0X 297 mm) &quot; 507029 A7 ____B7 — V. Description of the Invention (76) The yarn is combined with the discontinuous stretch-broken filament of Kevlar® to make a reinforced fixed-length staple yarn having 3 1 Denny. Test 15 revealed a process similar to the one in Figure 22, in which a Tefion fiber was fed upstream of the roller set 42 (ie, 4 2 a in Figure 11) (such as Test 8) and a Lycra® fiber Feeding upstream of the roller group α (ie, 148a in Figure 11), the Teflon fiber is stretched and broken along with the stretched 0 &amp; (^ 0, the fiber is drawn, this mixed discontinuous filament fiber Then it is combined with continuous filament Lycra®, as described in Test 10. This can be made into a stretchy, loose, low-friction yarn, which is beneficial to reduce blistering stretch socks. Test 16 reveals a similar In the process of Test 1, two of the separated feed yarns were supplied to the process' to produce a large denier feed fiber close to 20,000 denier into the drawing zone. In the drawing zone, two The temperature zone is used for the heater 140 in Figure 丨. A first zone is 24 inches and 100 ° c, followed by a second zone of 12 inches and 188 C. The total process speed ratio exceeds 70X A 277 denier yarn was made. Test 1 7 illustrates a product made in accordance with the present invention, in particular using the device of Figures 丨 丨 to implement the process of Figure 8. For the device of Figure 11 When the process of FIG. 8 is performed, it should remove the pull-in area 144 and the roller group 148a in FIG. 11 and the mobile bonding area 38 is adjacent to the roller group 62a because the pull-out area is not used in the process of FIG. 8. FIG. 28 The combined device is used, and it can also be regarded as a tandem spray device. The process is to make a product of 192 denier with a total stretching of 4 8 operations, which is a low L2 / L 1 ratio of 0.25. Table III That is, the variables of the tandem spray device are listed. 0 __- 79- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm).

訂Order

507029 A7 B7 五、發明説明（77 ) 表III :選擇性試驗之縱排噴射資料 試驗 Feed Speed (vom) 第一喷嘴 第二喷嘴 喷嘴位置 平均長I Sia/avg aVg (吋|比值g 紗孔及孔數+孔位孔扭轉 長度孔徑P〇S. *|r方向 (mm\ rmml imm) direction Num Orifice Yam bore orifices P〇s. Orifice &amp; length &amp;dia V twist * imm) /mm) direction R62- R62-N2 N1-N2 N1 Dist. Dist. Dist. (in.) (in.) fin.) &quot;X&quot; -a&quot; 17 3.1 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 Z 1.72 10.7 9.0# 20 4.3 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 11 9.2* 8.9 s 1.03 21 5.6 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 14.7 13.0* 17.5 s 0.74 22 5.6 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 - 6.4 s - 23 7.7 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 14 12.2* 8.0 s 1.53 24 5.2 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 7 5.潍 6.7 s 0.78 25 9.9 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 8.7 7.0# * ” a&quot;產物平均長絲長度之理想值 # M a π產物平均長絲長度之非理想值 s = ί旲擬結果 試驗18係相同於試驗17之製程，不同的是其使用圖26、27 之交織噴射口。進給紗線由各為6280丹尼黑色尼龍之二絲 束組成，係在拉伸區之前組合且生成一 1 86丹尼之最終紗 線。製程以303ypm之高輸出速度及67.4之總拉伸數操作， 其接近於試驗用機器之速度限制，預期超過500ypm之高速 度可利用本發明製程及一高速機器達成。 試驗1 9揭示相似於試驗1 8之結果，其中最終輸出速度為 269ypm，製成一 198丹尼之Dacron®產物。 試驗2 0、2 1、2 2、2 3係以相似於試驗1 7之組織運作， 以檢查圖2 8之結合裝置之噴嘴間之較佳距離” a ”。各試驗 建立以製成一具有依模擬決定之不同平均長絲長度之紗 _-80- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A7 ______B7 ~ 五、發明説明（78 ) &quot; ~：- 線，以各平均長絲長度而言即運作多次，其中結合裝置之 噴嘴間之距離，，a”係藉由在相距於流體通道相交於纖維孔之 處1·72吋距離離開第一噴嘴N1*改變；第二噴嘴移至不同 位置及集收-結合之紗線樣品，各位置之樣品利用^產物 法以測量強度，該強度以每丹尼之公克數記錄於第二噴嘴 之各位置。 試驗2 0係建立以製成一具有依模擬決定之8·9吋平均長絲 長度之好線’結果纟會示於圖3 5中之曲線8 · 9。最大強度發生 於9.2吋之噴嘴間距” a”，如表ΙΠ中之試驗2〇所記錄者，此 可得到一 a/avg比值為丨.03。長絲分佈之一模擬係以此試驗 中之條件運作，且顯示於表Z中之試驗2〇，指出長絲分佈大 於1.5倍平均長度之模擬可預期為12·4%，小於〇·5倍平均長 絲長度之模擬則可預期為14.7%。 试驗2 1係以相同於試驗2 〇而運作，不同的是改變斷裂區 長度以製造一由Dacron®聚酯纖維製成且平均長絲長度為 17.5吋之紗線，此條件組亦以之值運作， 所得結果繪示於圖3 5中之曲線17.5。最大強度發生於13 〇 吋之噴嘴間距”a&quot;，如表ΠΙ中之試驗21所記錄者，此可得 到一 a/avg比值為〇·74。長絲分佈之一模擬係以此試驗中之 條件運作，且顯示於表〗中之試驗21，指出長絲分佈大於 1.5倍平均長度之模擬可預期為12·4%，小於〇·5倍平均長絲 長度之模擬則可預期為13.9 %。 試驗2 2係以相同於試驗2 〇而運作，不同的是改變斷裂區 長度以製造一由Dacron®聚酯纖維製成且平均長絲長度為507029 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (77) Table III: Tandem jet data test for selective test Feed Speed (vom) The average length of the first nozzle and the second nozzle nozzle position I Sia / avg aVg (inch | ratio g yarn hole and Number of holes + hole position hole twist length aperture P〇S. * | R direction (mm \ rmml imm) direction Num Orifice Yam bore orifices P〇s. Orifice &amp; length &amp; dia V twist * imm) / mm) direction R62 -R62-N2 N1-N2 N1 Dist. Dist. Dist. (In.) (In.) Fin.) &Quot; X &quot; -a &quot; 17 3.1 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 Z 1.72 10.7 9.0 # 20 4.3 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 11 9.2 * 8.9 s 1.03 21 5.6 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 S 2.5x38.0 8x0. 3 18.14 z 1.72 14.7 13.0 * 17.5 s 0.74 22 5.6 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72-6.4 s-23 7.7 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 14 12.2 * 8.0 s 1.53 24 5.2 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 7 5. Wei 6.7 s 0.78 25 9.9 3.5x37.0 3x0.5 12.32 s 2.5x38.0 8x0.3 18.14 z 1.72 8.7 7.0 # * "a &quot; The ideal value of the filament length # M a π Non-ideal value of the average filament length of the product s = 旲 Simulation result Test 18 is the same process as Test 17, except that it uses the interlaced jets shown in Figures 26 and 27. The yarn is composed of two tows of 6280 denier black nylon, which are combined before the drawing zone and produce a final yarn of 1 86 denier. The process is operated at a high output speed of 303ypm and a total drawing number of 67.4, which is close to the speed limit of the test machine. It is expected that a high speed exceeding 500ypm can be achieved by the process of the present invention and a high-speed machine. Test 19 revealed results similar to Test 18, with a final output speed of 269 ypm, making a Dacron® product of 198 deniers. Tests 2 0, 2 1, 2 2 and 2 3 operated with a tissue similar to Test 17 to check the better distance "a" between the nozzles of the bonding device of Fig. 28. Each test is established to make a yarn with different average filament lengths determined by simulation. _-80- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A7 ______ B7 ~ V. Description of the invention (78) &quot; ~:-thread, which is operated multiple times for each average filament length, in which the distance between the nozzles of the device is combined, a "is obtained by intersecting the fiber channel with the fluid channel 1 · 72 inches away from the first nozzle N1 * changed; the second nozzle moved to a different position and collected-combined yarn samples. The samples at each position were measured using the ^ product method to measure the strength in grams per denier Recorded at each position of the second nozzle. Test 20 was established to make a good line with an average filament length of 8.9 inches determined by simulation. The result is shown in the curve 8 · 9 in Figure 35. The maximum strength occurred at the nozzle pitch "a" of 9.2 inches, as recorded in Test 20 in Table III. This gave an a / avg ratio of 丨 .03. One simulation of the filament distribution was based on this test. Conditional operation, and test 20 shown in Table Z indicates the filament fraction Simulations greater than 1.5 times the average length can be expected to be 12.4%, and simulations less than 0.5 times the average filament length can be expected to be 14.7%. Test 2 1 operates the same as Test 2 0, except that the difference is that The length of the fracture zone was changed to make a yarn made of Dacron® polyester fiber with an average filament length of 17.5 inches. This condition group also operates at this value. The results obtained are plotted in the curve 17.5 in Figure 35. Maximum The intensity occurs at a nozzle pitch "a" of 13 inches, as recorded in Test 21 in Table II, which results in an a / avg ratio of 0.74. One of the simulations of filament distribution is based on the conditions in this test and is shown in Test 21 in the table. It is pointed out that the simulation of filament distribution greater than 1.5 times the average length can be expected to be 12.4% and less than 0.5 times the average. The simulation of filament length can be expected to be 13.9%. Test 2 2 operates the same as Test 20, except that the length of the fracture zone is changed to make a Dacron® polyester fiber with an average filament length of

6·4吋之紗線，所得結果繪示於圖35中之曲線6.4。最大強 度並兴一明顯值，因此該曲線基本上呈平坦狀，但是浸潰 後估計成為大約〇·8強度，因為樣品距離為大約4吋，其過 於薄弱而使一全尺寸之工字形捲線軸無法捲繞用於標準 產物試驗。噴嘴間距並非低平均長度之長絲之強度決定因 素’或者試驗存有無法解釋之問題。長絲分佈之一模擬係 以此4驗中之條件運作，且顯示於表I中之試驗22，指出長 、、系分佈大於1.5倍平均長度之模擬可預期為12 3 %，小於0.5 倍平均長絲長度之模擬則可預期為139〇/〇。 試驗23係不在第一斷裂皞中斷裂纖維，而僅在第二斷裂 區中斷裂，以模擬一單一斷裂區製程，其係建立以製成一 平均長絲長度為8.0吋之紗線，所得結果繪示於圖35中之曲 線8·0。最大強度發生於122吋之噴嘴間距，，〆，，如表〖^中 之4骀23所記錄者，此可得到一3/&amp;%比值為153。長絲分 佈之一模擬係以此試驗中之條件運作，且顯示於表j中之一^ 驗23 ,指出長絲分佈大於丨.5倍平均長度之模擬可預期為 18.4%，小於〇·5倍平均長絲長度之模擬則可預期為 18.3% ^由一單一斷裂區製程製造之此產物具有產物特徵 且在本發明利用二斷裂區時之限制以外，但是其顯示出噴 嘴間距具有一理想值以用於最佳之紗線強度，且本發明之 噴嘴間距可應用於多種製程，以製出一具有大於6吋平均長 絲長度之紗線。 請注意試驗20、21、22、23之結果，對於具有一平均長 絲長度大於6.0吋之纖維/紗線而言，第一及第二喷嘴間、 507029For a 6.4-inch yarn, the results obtained are shown in curve 6.4 in FIG. 35. The maximum intensity is not obvious, so the curve is basically flat, but it is estimated to be about 0.8 intensity after dipping, because the sample distance is about 4 inches, which is too weak to make a full-size I-shaped reel. Cannot be rolled up for standard product testing. The nozzle pitch is not a factor that determines the strength of filaments with a low average length, or the test has problems that cannot be explained. One of the simulations of the filament distribution is based on the conditions in the 4 tests and is shown in Test 22 in Table I. It is pointed out that the simulation of the length and length distribution is greater than 1.5 times the average length. The simulation of filament length is expected to be 139 //. Test 23 did not break the fibers in the first break, but only broke in the second break. To simulate a single break zone process, it was established to make a yarn with an average filament length of 8.0 inches. The curve 8.0 in FIG. 35 is plotted. The maximum intensity occurs at a nozzle pitch of 122 inches, 〆, as recorded in Table ^^ 4，23, which results in a 3 / &amp;% ratio of 153. One of the simulations of the filament distribution is operated under the conditions in this test and is shown in Table 1 ^ Examination 23, which indicates that the simulation of filament distribution greater than 1.5 times the average length can be expected to be 18.4%, less than 0.5 The simulation of double the average filament length can be expected to be 18.3%. ^ This product manufactured by a single fracture zone process has product characteristics and is outside the limits when the invention uses two fracture zones, but it shows that the nozzle pitch has an ideal value. It is used for optimal yarn strength, and the nozzle pitch of the present invention can be applied to various processes to produce a yarn with an average filament length greater than 6 inches. Please note the results of tests 20, 21, 22, and 23. For fibers / yarns with an average filament length greater than 6.0 inches, between the first and second nozzles, 507029

間距”a”範圍為〇.74至153 '或大約〇·5至2〇倍於平均長絲 長度取一個a值且加以平均，則較佳之” a，，為大約丨·丨倍 於平均長4長度。雖然試驗2 2並無一最大強度點，但是其 具有一減低強度點，若本發明依循及噴嘴設定於較佳值 l.lavg，則其即可避免於製程之建立中，此可生成 1·1χ6·4 = 7·0吋之&quot;a”值，而避免減低強度之5 〇吋位置。 試驗24係利用圖28之結合裝置而以相似於試驗17之組織 運作，且L2/L1比值以〇·35運作以製成一具有67吋平均長 絲長度之紗線。 試驗25係利用一相似於試驗17之製程，試驗21中之進給 材料係一雙成分之彈性紗線，其中各長絲具有一圓形截面 且一半截面包含2GT聚酯，而另一半截面包含3gT聚酯。 此一進給材料係揭露於Evans多人之3,671，379號美國專利 中，在此可供參考，相關專利有3,562,〇93、3,454,46〇、及 2,439,815號美國專利，截面中之二不同聚合物在抽絲後具 有不同足收縮特徵，使得熱處理後纖維成為一皺褶式纖 維，即長絲捲曲成一捲繞彈簧式結構。在熱處理前激勵纖 維之潛在彈性時，纖維仍具有一顯著之彈性或皺褶量，造 成以往利用習知梳毛與梳理設備製造定長短紗線上之問 題，結果，相信雙成分纖維之定長短紗線應未見於習知織 品中。生成之多長絲紗線極富彈性，且具有一自零張力至 最大張力之彈性度，即所有彈性度可在無長絲之塑化變形 下去除，此彈性度之特徵為呈百分比之皺褶發生量cD ,其 係隨著潤濕處理而發生及依上述，379、，46〇案之導論而測The interval "a" ranges from 0.74 to 153 'or about 0.5 to 20 times the average filament length. It is better to take an a value and average it. "A" is about 丨 · times the average length. 4. Length. Although Test 2 2 does not have a maximum strength point, it has a reduced strength point. If the present invention follows and the nozzle is set to a better value l.lavg, it can be avoided in the establishment of the process. Generate a &quot; a &quot; value of 1 · 1χ6 · 4 = 7.0 inches, and avoid reducing the 50 inch position of the intensity. Test 24 was performed using a bonding device of Fig. 28 with a tissue similar to Test 17, and the L2 / L1 ratio was operated at 0.35 to make a yarn with an average filament length of 67 inches. Test 25 uses a process similar to Test 17, the feed material in Test 21 is a two-component elastic yarn, where each filament has a circular cross section and half of the cross section contains 2GT polyester, while the other half of the cross section contains 3gT polyester. This feed material is disclosed in Evans's U.S. Patent No. 3,671,379, which is here for reference. The related patents are U.S. Patent Nos. 3,562,093, 3,454,46, and 2,439,815, two of which are different in cross section. The polymer has different foot contraction characteristics after spinning, so that the fiber becomes a pleated fiber after heat treatment, that is, the filament is curled into a wound spring structure. When the potential elasticity of the fiber is stimulated before heat treatment, the fiber still has a significant amount of elasticity or wrinkles, which caused problems in the past with conventional combing and carding equipment to produce fixed-length and short-length yarns. As a result, it is believed that fixed-length and short-length yarns of bicomponent fibers Should not be seen in conventional fabrics. The resulting multifilament yarn is extremely elastic and has an elasticity from zero tension to maximum tension, that is, all elasticity can be removed without plastic deformation of the filament. This elasticity is characterized by wrinkles in percentage The amount of folds cD, which occurs with the wetting treatment and is measured according to the introduction of the above cases, 379, 46

五、發明説明（81 ) 置。^成之紗線需在拉伸斷裂後做熱處理，以恢復其潛在 炙彈性及取得最終之彈性特徵。 試驗25揭示—製程條件，用於製成-2GTm3GT聚 酯成分之雙成分紗線（如編號BC23所示），且具有16〇之最 ^丹尼’製程具有—熱處理區、-第-斷裂區、-第二斷 裂區，、及一結合區，相似於圖8中之製程；拉引區則未使 用。進給紗線來自12綑之⑽丹尼紗線，各相似於圖11中 1 62進、、°、’y線係預先拉伸，但是尚未做熱處理以發展出 纖維《潛在彈性，儘管纖維具有局部彈性缝褶。最終之 紗線產物係捲繞於圖i丨所示之捲繞機222上，所用之結合 裝置係圖2 8中之縱排式噴射口，張力器164係調整以提供 足夠張力於進給紗線上，使得所有局部拉伸（皺褶）可自輥 168處之進給紗線去除。紗線利用纖維加熱器14〇以做熱處 理至180°C且仍保持張力，但是不拉伸長絲，雖然纖維未在 拉伸區124中拉伸，但是令訝異的是需加熱纖維以保持在斷 裂區内之良好操作性。紗線在區域D1、〇2中拉伸斷裂及再 斷裂，隨後前行至結合噴射口 83b而不拉引，以製成一 16〇 丹尼之紗線，紗線隨後在222捲繞於一綑上，且具有足夠張 力使紗線中 &lt; 拉伸可去除。欲生成紗線之彈性特徵則紗線 *加熱至大約100 °c ,以形成一具有良好鬆散性與彈性恢復 力之螺旋捲繞型彈性紗線結構（具有皺褶及捲曲），此加熱 可在分隔之步驟中完成，或者紗線可織成織物且由染色製 程供給之熱係用於織物。皺褶之非連續性長絲紗線相信具 有大約3 5-40%之皺褶生成，其係利用Evans#人之，379號 -84 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) DU/U2y5. Description of the invention (81). The finished yarn needs to be heat-treated after tensile fracture to restore its potential elasticity and obtain the final elastic characteristics. Test 25 reveals—the process conditions used to make bicomponent yarns of -2GTm3GT polyester (as shown in the number BC23), and it has a maximum of 160. Denny's process has-heat treatment zone,---fracture zone The second fracture zone, and a combined zone are similar to the process in FIG. 8; the pull zone is not used. The feed yarn is from 12 bundles of ⑽denier yarns, each similar to the 162, °, and 'y strands of Fig. 11 pre-stretched, but not yet heat treated to develop the fiber "latent elasticity, although the fiber has Partial elastic seams. The final yarn product is wound on the winding machine 222 shown in Fig. I 丨, the combined device used is the tandem jet port shown in Fig. 28, and the tensioner 164 is adjusted to provide sufficient tension to the feed yarn On the line, all local stretches (wrinkles) can be removed from the feed yarn at roller 168. The yarn is heated by a fiber heater 14 to 180 ° C and still maintains tension, but the filament is not stretched. Although the fiber is not stretched in the stretching zone 124, it is surprising that the fiber needs to be heated to maintain Good operability in the fracture zone. The yarn was stretched and broken in the area D1 and 〇2, and then proceeded to the combined ejection port 83b without being pulled to make a 160 denier yarn. The yarn was then wound at 222 in a Bundled with sufficient tension to remove &lt; stretch in the yarn. To generate the elastic characteristics of the yarn, the yarn * is heated to about 100 ° c to form a spirally wound elastic yarn structure (with wrinkles and curls) with good looseness and elastic restoring power. This heating can be performed at The separation step is completed, or the yarn can be woven into a fabric and the heat supplied by the dyeing process is used for the fabric. Wrinkled discontinuous filament yarn is believed to have about 3 5-40% wrinkle generation, which is based on the use of Evans # 人 之, 379-84-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 Mm) DU / U2y

美國專利中之心序測量而得，相信此製程產生之紗線中皺 福及捲曲可因長絲之無定向性斷裂而不對齊，因此此紗線 極有利於製成具有低π橘皮紋·，（即織物表面具有橘子表面狀 之雜斑）之拉伸定長短纖維織物，而具有不規律對齊皺褶或 捲曲紗線之織物會有橘皮紋。 試驗26揭示一製程條件，用於製成一 2GT聚酯及3GT聚 酯成分足雙成分紗線（如編號BC23所示），且具有5〇:5〇之 成分比及176之最終丹尼，製程具有一拉伸及熱處理（退火） 區、一第一斷裂區、一第二斷裂區、及一結合區，相似於 圖8中I製程；拉引區則未使用。進給紗線來自24捲繞綑 以製成4714丹尼之未拉伸紗線，各最終之紗線產物係捲繞 於圖1 1所示之捲繞機222上。結合交織喷射口 8 3 a (如圖 2 6、2 7所tf )具有一流體入口細孔，係與紗線行進方向呈 60度，張力器164係調整以提供足夠張力於進給紗線上， 使得所有局部拉伸可自輥168處之進給紗線去除。紗線利用 纖維加熱器140以做熱處理至160 °C且經過3 ·0X之拉伸比， 紗線在區域Dl、D2中拉伸斷裂及再斷裂，隨後前行至結合 噴射口 83a而不拉引，以製成一 176丹尼之紗線，紗線隨後 在222捲繞於一綑上（如圖1 1)。若紗線以（空氣或）蒸汽處理 以升溫至100 °C，可再次生成皺褶及捲曲於長絲中，紗線預 期會有大約50-60%之CD值，此略高於試驗25中之紗線 者，後者係以縱排式噴射口配置方式結合以製成一帶狀紗 線。若同一纖維僅拉伸而不拉伸斷裂，相信會有大約5 5 -6 5 %之C D值’此略高於本發明之定長短纖維長絲，其具有 ___-85- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)It is obtained from the heart-sequence measurement in the US patent. It is believed that the wrinkles and crimps in the yarn produced by this process can be misaligned due to the non-directional break of the filament, so this yarn is very useful for making low-pi orange peel. · (That is, the surface of the fabric has orange-like spots on the surface of the fabric) stretched fixed-length short-fiber fabrics, and fabrics with irregularly aligned wrinkles or curled yarns will have orange peel patterns. Test 26 revealed a process condition for making a 2GT polyester and 3GT polyester bi-component yarn (shown as number BC23) with a composition ratio of 50:50 and a final denier of 176, The process has a stretching and heat treatment (annealing) region, a first fracture region, a second fracture region, and a bonding region, similar to the process I in FIG. 8; the drawing region is not used. The feed yarn came from 24 winding bales to make 4714 denier undrawn yarns, and each final yarn product was wound on a winder 222 shown in FIG. 11. Combined with the interlaced jets 8 3 a (as shown in tf in Figures 26 and 27), there is a fluid inlet pore, which is 60 degrees with the yarn traveling direction, and the tensioner 164 is adjusted to provide sufficient tension on the fed yarn. This allows all local stretches to be removed from the feed yarn at roller 168. The yarn is heat-treated to 160 ° C by a fiber heater 140 and subjected to a stretch ratio of 3.0x. The yarn is stretched and broken in the regions D1 and D2, and then advances to the combined ejection port 83a without pulling. To make a 176 denier yarn, which is then wound around a bundle at 222 (see Figure 1 1). If the yarn is treated with (air or steam) to increase the temperature to 100 ° C, wrinkles can be generated and crimped in the filament again. The yarn is expected to have a CD value of about 50-60%, which is slightly higher than in Test 25. For the yarn, the latter is combined in a tandem jet configuration to form a band-shaped yarn. If the same fiber is only stretched and not stretched, it is believed that there will be a CD value of about 55.65%. This is slightly higher than the fixed-length staple fiber filaments of the present invention, which has ___- 85- this paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 507029 A7 __B7 五、發明説明（83 ) 比一連續性長絲雙成分紗線多之手感。 試驗2 4、2 5令人驚訝之處在於一定長短纖維拉伸斷裂紗 線可由預先拉伸或未拉伸纖維製成具有良好之運作性，其 藉由先去除所有進給紗線外表，隨後加熱紗線以在拉伸斷 裂長絲之前將預先拉伸或剛拉伸之纖維退火，進給紗線之 拉伸特徵大致保持於完成之定長短纖維紗線内。 可以相信的是其它彈性纖維如皺褶纖維亦可利用本發明 技術而成功地處理，其它纖維可包含不同聚合物組合，例 如一不同之尼龍聚合物或不同結構如雙成分纖維，雙成分 纖維通常為一高彈性（或柔軟）之核心聚合物，如Lycra®彈 性體’其在抽絲期間具有一非彈性（或硬質）之翼形聚合物 接附做為縱向肋。抽絲後，纖維之潛在彈性可由熱激勵， 致使柔軟之核心聚合物收縮多於硬質之翼形聚合物，使得 合成結構呈螺旋捲繞有如螺絲，此纖維結構在抽絲及拉伸 後且在熱處理前亦具有一些皺褶。聚合物對應該相容，使 其黏合及一起抽絲，因此，其需具有一相似之熱反應及功 能性抽絲黏度，因此，實用之對通常有相似之化學性或具 有某些特定之相互作用。一般雙成分為二聚酯、二尼龍 等’而雙組成物為例如4GT/4GT-4GO (HYTREL®)及尼龍 /PEBAX® ;同質聚合物/塊狀聚合物對，其中一塊共聚合物 相同於同質聚合物。比值可大幅改變，但是通常限定於 80/20與20/80之間，較佳為70/3 0與3 0/70之間。其它方 便性之敏褶纖維’如利用嘴射口毅褶者、齒輪皺紗、填料 函敏紗及類此物亦可利用本發明製程轉變成一定長短纖維 —_____ -86- _ 本紙張尺度適財a國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公羡)- 507029 A7 B7 五、發明説明（84 ) 紗線。 因此，顯·然本發明提供之拉伸斷裂連續性長絲纖維方法 可製成非連續性長絲纖維，且將諸纖維結合成紗線，其完 全可滿足特定實施例。因此，習於此技者應明暸其許多變 換、修改、及變化，緣是，在不脫離申請專利範圍之精神 範疇下，其應涵蓋諸此變換、修改、及變化。Thread 507029 A7 __B7 V. Description of the invention (83) More handfeel than a continuous filament bicomponent yarn. Tests 2 4 and 2 5 are surprising in that certain lengths of short-fiber stretch-broken yarns can be made from pre-stretched or unstretched fibers with good operability by removing the appearance of all feed yarns first, then The yarn is heated to anneal the pre-stretched or just-stretched fibers before stretching the broken filaments, and the tensile characteristics of the feed yarn are generally maintained within the finished staple fiber yarn. It is believed that other elastic fibers such as pleated fibers can also be successfully processed using the technology of the present invention. Other fibers may include different polymer combinations, such as a different nylon polymer or different structures such as bicomponent fibers. Bicomponent fibers are generally It is a highly elastic (or soft) core polymer, such as Lycra® elastomer, which has a non-elastic (or rigid) wing-shaped polymer attached as a longitudinal rib during spinning. After drawing, the latent elasticity of the fiber can be excited by heat, causing the soft core polymer to shrink more than the rigid wing polymer, so that the synthetic structure is spirally wound like a screw. This fiber structure is drawn and drawn after drawing and stretching. There are also some wrinkles before heat treatment. Polymers should be compatible to make them stick together and draw together. Therefore, they need to have a similar thermal response and functional drawing viscosity. Therefore, practical pairs usually have similar chemistry or have certain specific interactions. effect. Generally the two-component is dipolyester, two nylon, etc. and the two-component is, for example, 4GT / 4GT-4GO (HYTREL®) and nylon / PEBAX®; homopolymer / block polymer pair, one of which is the same as the copolymer Homogeneous polymer. The ratio can vary widely, but is usually limited to between 80/20 and 20/80, preferably between 70/3 0 and 30/70. Other convenient pleated fibers, such as those using mouth-to-mouth creases, gear creases, stuffing box-sensitive yarns, and the like can also be converted into certain length and short fibers by the process of the present invention. _____ -86- _ This paper is suitable for A National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297)-507029 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (84) Yarn. Therefore, it is obvious that the method for stretching and breaking continuous filament fibers provided by the present invention can be made into discontinuous filament fibers, and the fibers are combined into a yarn, which can fully satisfy specific embodiments. Therefore, those skilled in the art should be aware of many changes, modifications, and changes. The reason is that they should cover the changes, modifications, and changes without departing from the spirit of the scope of the patent application.

訂Order

_-87- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐）_-87- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

Claims (1)

507029507029 ι· 一種拉伸斷裂方法，用於自纖維製成一定長短紗線，其 包含長絲進給成一連續性操作，包含： 藉由在一第一斷裂區I度内以一大於或等於2之第_速 度比D1增加纖維速度，以在一第一斷裂區内斷裂長絲； 藉由在一第二斷裂區長度内以一大於或等於2之第二速 度比D2增加纖維速度，以在第一斷裂區下游處之一第二 斷裂區内斷裂長絲，及其中一關係式 範圍為0.15至2.5，及其中—關係式L2/L1《範圍為〇2至 小於0.4 ;及 在第二斷裂區下游處之一結合區内結合纖維，以製成 一定長短紗線。 2· —種拉伸斷裂方法，用於自纖維製成一定長短紗線，其 包含長絲進給成一連續性操作，包含： 藉由在一第一斷裂區長度内以—大於或等於2之第一速 度比D 1增加纖維速度，以在_第_斷裂區内斷裂長絲， 及其中第一斷裂區長度係大於或等於2〇 〇吋； 藉由在一第二斷裂區長度内以—大於或等於2之第二速 度比D2增加纖維速度，以在第一斷裂區下游處之一第二 斷裂區内斷裂長絲，及其中_關係式（D 2 ·丨）/ (D丨_丨）之 範圍為0.15至2·5，及其中一關係式L2/；L1之範圍為〇2至 0.6，且L1至少為20.0忖；及 在第二斷裂區下游處之一結合區内結合纖維，以製成 一定長短紗線。 丨·如申請專利範圍第2項之方法，其中關係式 -88 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公嫠〉 C8 D8 六、申請專利範園 /(D1-1)包含〇·2至2〇之範圍，及關係式L2/Lu有一小 於0.4之上限。 4. 如申請專利範圍第2项之方法，進一步包含藉由在—預定 拉伸區長度内增加纖維速度，以在第一斷裂區上 一拉伸區内拉伸纖維。 5. 如申請專利範圍第4项之方法，其中拉伸纖維包含加熱纖 維。 、 6·如申請專利範圍第5項之方法，其中長絲進給操作係來自 包含未拉伸或局部拉伸雙元素長絲結構及雙成分長絲結 構之族群。 &quot;I 7.如申請專利範圍第4項之方法，進一步包含在結合區上游 處之一拉引區内拉引纖維。 8·如申請專利範圍第7項之方法，進—步包含進給另一纖維 至一區域上游處之製程中，該區域係選自由第一斷裂 區、第二斷裂區、拉引區、及結合區組成之族群中。 9·=申請專利範圍第8項之方法，其中進給另一纖維包含在 第一斷裂區之上游端進給一第一另一纖維至製程中，及 在結合區之上游端進給一連續性長絲之第二另一纖維至 製程中。 ’、 ⑴.如申請專利範圍第2項之方法，進一步包含在結合區上游 處之一拉引區内拉引纖維。 U·如申請專利範圍第2項之方法，進一步包含在一拉引區内 拉引纖維，拉引區係與結合區同時發生。 12.如申請專利範圍第2項之方法，進一步包含藉由在一預定 -89 - 六、申請專利範園 退火區長度内加熱纖維，以在—退火區内退火纖維。 13. 如申請專利！|圍第12項之方法，其中長絲進給操作包含 局部拉伸及全部拉伸之皺褶結構。 14. -種拉伸斷裂方法，料自纖維製成長短紗線，其 包含長絲進給成一連續性操作，包含： 在筒形入口夾捏輥與出口夾捏輕之間之一第一斷裂區 内斷裂長絲，* 口夾捏輥各具有末端且其間設有一寬 度，在一第一斷裂區長度1^内以一大於或等於2之第一 速度比D1增加纖維速度，藉此產生一纖維，其具有一緊 舍聚攏長絲之芯體及自芯體伸出之鬆散長絲末端； 在第一斷裂區内及鄰近之出口夾捏輥處聚攏鬆散長絲 末端及將其導引向纖維芯體，使得在芯體周側所有方向 中之鬆散末端皆拘限於相距芯體中心呈一距離以内，該 距離不大於芯體中心至第一斷裂區出口輥各端之距離； 藉由在一第二斷裂區長度L2内以一大於或等於2之第 一速度比D2增加纖維速度，以在第一斷裂區下游處之一 第二斷裂區内斷裂長絲，及其中一關係式（D2-j)/ (D1-1)之範圍為〇.15至2.5，及其中一關係式l2/;Li之 範圍為0.2至0.6 ;及 在第二斷裂區下游處之一結合區内結合纖維，以製成 一定長短紗線。 15·如申請專利範圍第i 4項之方法，其中聚攏鬆散長絲末端 包含將纖維通過一孔，及產生一螺旋形流體流動路徑於 孔内’以將鬆散長絲末端鬆弛地纏繞於芯體。 -90- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 六 A8 B8 C8 . __________D8 、申請專利範圍 16. 如申請專利範圍第14項之方法’其中聚攏鬆散長絲末端 包含將纖維通過一具有側壁之長槽’以利鬆釋地拘限鬆 散之末端沿侧向延伸向芯體周側之夾捏輥末端。 17. 如申叫專利範圍第1 4項之方法，其中在一第二斷裂區内 斷裂長絲係發生在筒形入口夾捏輥與出口夾捏輥之間， 第二斷裂區之出口夾捏輥各具有末端且其間設有一寬 度，在第二斷裂區内產生一纖維，其具有一緊密聚攏長 絲之芯體及自芯體伸出之鬆散長絲末端；及 進一步包含在第二斷裂區内及第二斷裂區之鄰近出口 夾捏輥處聚攏鬆散長絲末端；及 將鬆散長絲末端導引向纖維芯體，使得在芯體周側所 有方向中之鬆散末端皆拘限於相距芯體中心呈一距離以 内’該距離不大於芯體中心至第二斷裂區出口輥各端之 距離。 18· —種拉伸斷裂方法，用於自纖維製成一定長短紗線，其 包含長絲進給成一連續性操作，包含： 藉由在一第一斷裂區長度内以一大於或等於2之第一速 度比D 1增加纖維速度’以在一第一斷裂區内斷裂長絲， 第一斷裂區具有一長度大於20.0忖； 藉由在一第二斷裂區長度L2内以一大於或等於2之第 一速度比D2增加纖維速度’以在第一斷裂區下游處之一 第二斷裂區内斷裂長絲’及其中一關係式（D2-1)/(D1-1 ) 之範圍為0·15至2·5，及其中一關係式L2/L1之範圍為〇·2 至0.6，以製成一具有平均長度n avg ’’之非連續性長絲纖 -91 · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A8 B8ι · A tensile breaking method for making a certain length of short and long yarn from a fiber, which includes filament feeding into a continuous operation, including: by a degree of greater than or equal to 2 within 1 degree of a first breaking zone The first speed ratio D1 increases the fiber speed to break the filaments in a first break zone; by increasing the fiber speed in a second break zone length at a second speed ratio D2 greater than or equal to 2 to increase the fiber speed in the first break zone A broken filament in a second fracture zone downstream of a fracture zone, and its one-to-one relationship ranged from 0.15 to 2.5, and its medium-to-relationship L2 / L1 (range of 0 to less than 0.4; and in the second fracture zone) Fibers are combined in one of the bonding areas downstream to make a certain length of yarn. 2. · A tensile breaking method for making a certain length of short and long yarns from fibers, which includes filament feeding into a continuous operation, including: by a length of a first breaking zone of-greater than or equal to 2 The first speed increases the fiber speed than D 1 to break the filaments in the _first_fracture zone, and the length of the first rupture zone is greater than or equal to 200 inches; A second speed greater than or equal to 2 increases the fiber speed to D2 to break the filaments in one of the second break zones downstream of the first break zone, and the _ relationship (D 2 · 丨) / (D 丨 _ 丨) Is in the range of 0.15 to 2.5, and one of the relations L2 /; L1 is in the range of 02 to 0.6, and L1 is at least 20.0 忖; and the fibers are bound in a bonding zone downstream of the second fracture zone, To make a certain length of yarn.丨 · As for the method of applying for the second item in the scope of patent application, where the relational formula -88-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297) 嫠 C8 D8 VI. Patent application park / (D1-1) contains The range of 0.2 to 20, and the relationship L2 / Lu has an upper limit of less than 0.4. 4. If the method of the second item of the patent application, the method further includes increasing the fiber speed within a predetermined length of the drawing zone to The fiber is stretched in a stretching zone on the first breaking zone. 5. The method according to item 4 of the patent application, wherein the drawn fiber comprises heating fibers. 6. The method according to item 5 of the patent application, wherein long The wire feeding operation is from a group containing undrawn or partially drawn bi-element filament structure and bi-component filament structure. &Quot; I 7. The method according to item 4 of the scope of patent application, further including upstream of the bonding zone Fibers are drawn in one of the drawing areas. 8. If the method of claim 7 of the patent application scope, the step further includes feeding another fiber to a process upstream of an area selected from the first fracture area, Second fault zone, pull-in zone, In the group composed of the bonding zone. 9 · = The method of applying for item 8 in the scope of patent application, wherein feeding another fiber is included in the upstream end of the first breaking zone, feeding the first other fiber into the manufacturing process, and in the bonding zone. The upstream end feeds a second continuous fiber of a continuous filament into the process. ', ⑴. The method according to item 2 of the patent application scope, further comprising drawing the fiber in a drawing area upstream of the bonding area. U. If the method in the second scope of the patent application, the method further includes drawing fibers in a pull zone, and the pull zone and the binding zone occur simultaneously. 12. If the method in the second scope of the patent application, further includes borrowing The fiber is heated within the length of a predetermined annealing zone of the patent-pending Fanyuan to anneal the fiber in the annealing zone. 13. If a patent is applied! | The method around item 12, wherein the filament feed operation includes Wrinkle structure with partial stretching and full stretching. 14.-A method of stretching and breaking, made of long and short yarns from fibers, which includes filament feeding for a continuous operation, including: pinching rollers at the cylindrical inlet Between the pinch and the exit A filament is broken in a first fracture zone, each of the * mouth pinch rollers has an end with a width therebetween, and the fiber speed is increased by a first speed ratio D1 greater than or equal to 2 within a length of the first fracture zone 1 ^, This produces a fiber with a core that tightly gathers the filaments and the ends of the loose filaments that protrude from the core; gathers the ends of the loose filaments in the first fracture zone and adjacent exit pinch rollers and It is guided to the fiber core, so that the loose ends in all directions on the peripheral side of the core are limited to a distance from the center of the core, which is not greater than the distance from the center of the core to each end of the exit roller of the first fracture zone ; By increasing the fiber velocity at a first speed ratio D2 greater than or equal to 2 within a second fracture zone length L2 to break the filament in a second fracture zone downstream of the first fracture zone, and one of them The range of the relational expression (D2-j) / (D1-1) is from 0.15 to 2.5, and one of the relational relations 12 /; the range of Li is from 0.2 to 0.6; and one of the bonding regions is downstream of the second fracture region. The inner fibers are combined to make a certain length of yarn. 15. The method according to item i4 of the scope of patent application, wherein gathering the ends of the loose filaments includes passing the fibers through a hole, and creating a spiral fluid flow path in the holes to loosely wind the ends of the loose filaments around the core. . -90- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 507029 Six A8 B8 C8. __________ D8 、 Applicable patent scope 16. If the method of applying for patent scope No. 14 method, which gather loose filaments The end includes a pinch roller end that extends the fiber laterally to the core side through a long groove with side walls to loosely restrain the loose end. 17. The method as claimed in item 14 of the patent scope, wherein the filament breakage in a second fracture zone occurs between the cylindrical inlet pinch roller and the outlet pinch roller, and the outlet pinch in the second fracture region The rollers each have an end with a width therebetween, producing a fiber in the second breaking zone, which has a core that closely gathers the filaments and a loose filament end that protrudes from the core; and is further contained in the second breaking zone The ends of the loose filaments are gathered at the inner and second fracture zones adjacent to the exit pinch roller; and the ends of the loose filaments are guided to the fiber core so that the loose ends in all directions on the peripheral side of the core are restricted to the core. The center is within a distance 'This distance is not greater than the distance from the center of the core to each end of the exit roller of the second fracture zone. 18 · —A method of stretching and breaking for making a certain length of short and long yarns from fibers, including filament feeding into a continuous operation, including: by a length of a first breaking zone with a value greater than or equal to 2 The first speed ratio D1 increases the fiber speed 'to break filaments in a first break zone, the first break zone has a length greater than 20.0 忖; by a second break zone length L2 with a greater than or equal to 2 The first speed ratio D2 increases the fiber speed 'to break filaments in a second break zone in one of the downstream of the first break zone' and one of the relations (D2-1) / (D1-1) ranges from 0 · 15 to 2.5, and one of the relations L2 / L1 in the range of 0.2 to 0.6 to make a discontinuous filament fiber with an average length n avg '' -91 · This paper is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 維且L1至少為20.0吋；及 一 β〜_斷I區下游處之—結合區内結合纖維，以製成 一長1&quot;、y '線’其係藉由將纖維通過-對筒形輥之央 缝，及隨後通過一第一喑喈Φ 士 ^ 、 罘唷鳴中 &lt; 一罘一孔，該噴嘴提供 -:射通過-通道，而在纖維周側以一第一螺旋方 二進二罘-孔’以利黏絲纖維芯體周側之鬆散長絲，第 厂贺嘴ί有一入口端鄰近於該進給輥之夾縫，隨後纖維 通過第一噴嘴中之一第二孔，該喷嘴提供一流體喷射 通過一通道，而在纖維周側以一第二螺旋方向進入第二 孔，以=黏絲纖維芯^，第二螺旋方向相反於第一螺旋 f向第—噴鳴之第二孔中之通道係相隔於第一喷嘴之 第-孔中之通道呈一距離”a”，其中05avg&lt;a&lt;20avg。 19· 一種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長度 刀佈，其特徵為5 %至小於1 5❶/❶之長絲具有一長度大於 1.5avg 〇 20· —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長度 刀佈即5 A至小於1 5 %之長絲具有一長度小於〇.5aVg , 及5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於15&amp;邙。 21· —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 -92-And L1 is at least 20.0 inches; and a β ~ _ at the downstream of the I zone-the fibers are combined in the bonding zone to make a long 1 &quot;, y 'line', which is passed through the fiber-to the cylindrical roller The central seam, and then through a first 喑 喈 Φ 士, 罘 唷 明 中 &lt; a hole and a hole, the nozzle provides-: shoot through-channel, and on the fiber peripheral side with a first spiral square The second filament-hole 'facilitates the loose filaments on the peripheral side of the fiber core. The nozzle provides a fluid jet through a channel, and enters the second hole in a second spiral direction on the fiber peripheral side with = viscous fiber core ^, the second spiral direction is opposite to the first spiral f to the first-the first The channels in the two holes are separated by a distance "a" from the channels in the first hole of the first nozzle, where 05avg &lt; a &lt; 20avg. 19 · A type of combined artificial fiber in which the yarn contains discontinuous filaments of different lengths, the filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarns, where the average length of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, and Knife cloth with a filament length, characterized in that the filaments of 5% to less than 15 1 / ❶ have a length greater than 1.5avg 〇20 · — a type of combined artificial fiber including discontinuous filaments of different lengths, long The filaments are entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the bond of the yarn. The average length avg of the filament is greater than 6 inches, and the fiber has a filament length knife cloth, that is, 5 A to less than 15% of the filament has a Filaments having a length of less than 0.5 aVg, and 5% to less than 15% have a length greater than 15 &amp; 邙. 21 · —Combined rayon of yarns with discontinuous filaments of different lengths ’filaments are entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the bond of the yarn, where -92- 裝 訂Binding 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 507029 A BCD 六、申請專利範圍 長絲之一平均長度大於6忖 •識、，择巴括連續性長絲以沿 著紗線長度交缠於非連續性長絲，連續性長絲具有小: 10%之斷裂伸長量。 22. —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度大於6吋，及其中纖維包括連續性長絲 =沿著紗線長度交纏於非連續性長絲，連續性長絲包含 彈性長絲，具有一大於大約100%之斷裂伸長量，及一在 50%伸展量時至少30%之彈性恢復量。 23· —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 •隹，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度大於6吋，及紗線中至少1%非連續性 長絲丹尼包含一具有〇· 1以下長絲對長絲摩擦係數之纖 維。 24.如申請專利範圍第23項之紗線，其中至少1%紗線丹尼包 含一氟聚合物。 25·如—申請專利範目第23項之紗線，進一步包含連續性長絲 沿著紗線長度交纏於非連續性長絲。 2 6 · —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長 度，即5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於丨上邙，及 紗線中至少1%非連續性長絲具有一長絲截面，該截面具 有一寬度及複數厚部分，且厚部分係由長絲寬度以内之 -93 )07029 ABCD 六 申請專利範圍 薄部分連接，及非連續性長絲末端處之薄部分係切割以 令厚部分相隔至少大約三個長絲寬度，藉此製成分叉端 於長絲上。 27· —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長 度分佈，即5 %至小於1 5 %之長絲具有一長度大於 1.5avg，及紗線中之纖維包含具有視覺性差異且可由肉 眼偵測出之二纖維。 28·如申請專利範圍第2 7項之紗線，其中差異包含色差、在 中性色以外具有亮度大於9 0 %之纖維顏色、及具有一至 少2.0 CIELAB單位色差之纖維顏色，亮度及色差係依據 ASTM委員會Ε12之標準Ε-284測量，以製成一多色紗 線。 29. —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維，長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度大於6忖’及紗線中至少1%非連續性 長絲丹尼包含一纖維具有3 0 %以上潛在彈性之長絲。 30·如申請專利範圍第29項之紗線，其中紗線中至少} %非連 續性長絲丹尼係一雙成分紗線，包含一 2GT聚醋之第一 成分及一 3GT聚酯之第二成分。 31. —種紗線包含不同長度非連續性長絲之結合式人造纖 維’長絲沿著紗線長度交纏以保持紗線之結合度，其中 長絲之一平均長度avg係大於6吋，及纖維具有一長絲長 -94-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 507029 A BCD VI. One of the patent application filaments The average length is greater than 6mm. Yarn length is intertwined with discontinuous filaments, which have a small: 10% elongation at break. 22. — A type of yarn containing a combination of non-continuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn. One of the filaments has an average length greater than 6 inches. Fibers include continuous filaments = intertwined with discontinuous filaments along the length of the yarn. The continuous filaments contain elastic filaments with an elongation at break greater than about 100%, and at least at 50% elongation. 30% elastic recovery. 23 · —A kind of combined rayon with different lengths of discontinuous filaments. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the yarn's bond. One of the filaments has an average length greater than 6 inches. And at least 1% of the discontinuous filament denier in the yarn includes a fiber having a coefficient of filament-to-filament friction of less than 0.1. 24. The yarn of claim 23, wherein at least 1% of the yarn denier contains a fluoropolymer. 25. If—The yarn of item 23 of the patent application, further comprising continuous filaments entangled in discontinuous filaments along the length of the yarn. 2 6 · —A kind of combined man-made fibers with discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the yarn's bond. The average length avg of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches. , And the fiber has a filament length, that is, 5% to less than 15% of the filaments have a length greater than the upper loop, and at least 1% of the discontinuous filaments in the yarn have a filament cross section, the cross section has a width And multiple thick parts, and the thick parts are within -93 of the width of the filament) 07029 ABCD Six applications for patent applications Thin parts are connected, and the thin parts at the ends of discontinuous filaments are cut so that the thick parts are separated by at least about three The width of the filament, thereby making a split end on the filament. 27 · —A kind of yarn containing combined artificial fibers of discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are entangled along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarns. The average length avg of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches. And the fibers have a filament length distribution, that is, 5% to less than 15% of the filaments have a length greater than 1.5avg, and the fibers in the yarn include two fibers that have a visual difference and can be detected by the naked eye. 28. For the yarn of item 27 in the scope of patent application, the differences include color difference, fiber color with a brightness greater than 90% in addition to neutral color, and fiber color with a color difference of at least 2.0 CIELAB units. Measured in accordance with ASTM Committee E12 Standard E-284 to make a multi-colored yarn. 29. — A type of combined artificial fiber with discontinuous filaments of different lengths. The filaments are intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarn. One of the filaments has an average length greater than 6 mm ′ and the yarn. At least 1% of the discontinuous filament denier in the thread comprises a filament having a fiber with a potential elasticity of more than 30%. 30. If the yarn in the scope of patent application No. 29, at least}% of the discontinuous filament denier is a bi-component yarn, including a first component of 2GT polyester and a second component of 3GT polyester Two ingredients. 31. —A kind of combined artificial fiber with yarns of discontinuous filaments of different lengths intertwined along the length of the yarn to maintain the degree of bonding of the yarns, wherein the average length avg of one of the filaments is greater than 6 inches, And the fiber has a filament length -94- 度分佈，即5%至小於15%之長絲具有一長度大於 Uavg ’及紗線中至少1%非連續性長絲丹尼包含一纖維 具有30%以上潛在彈性之長絲。 種操作疋長短纖維抽絲機之方法，抽絲機具有一單 、氷合物供給系統，係以在常態下組合之至少1 0個抽絲 位置進給’以製成一單一大丹尼絲束產物且收集於一容 器内，其中改良部分包含： 管理抽絲機之操作，在一抽絲位置抽絲至少500條纖 、准以利同時生產複數產物，產物具有2 0至200磅之個 別批量且收集於一容器内，該批量小於單一大丹尼絲束 產物之批量；及 提供至少一抽絲位置以一裝置，用於自至少丨〇個抽絲 位置集收絲束至容器内，以製成一低丹尼絲束產物。 33·如申請專利範圍第32項之方法，其中用於集收絲束之裝 置包含一散裝裝置或一捲繞機。 34·如申請專利範圍第3 2項之方法，進一步包含對於製成低 丹尼產物之至少一抽絲位置改變產物特徵，使得產物特 徵不同於抽絲機上之其他抽絲位置者。 35·如申請專利範圍第3 2項之方法，進一步包含提供一裝置 以自至少一抽絲位置處理低丹尼絲束產物，以利將低丹 尼絲束產物轉變成一紡紗線產物。 36·如申請專利範圍第3 5項之方法，其中用於集收絲束之裝 置包含一散裝裝置❶ 37.如申請專利範圍第3 5項之方法，其中用於處理低丹尼絲 -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Degree distribution, that is, 5% to less than 15% of the filaments have a length greater than Uavg 'and at least 1% of the discontinuous filament denier in the yarn comprises a fiber filament having a potential elasticity of more than 30%. A method for operating a long and short fiber wire drawing machine, the wire drawing machine has a single, hydrate supply system, which is fed in at least 10 spinning positions combined under normal conditions to make a single large denier Bundles of products are collected in a container, the improved part of which includes: managing the operation of the spinning machine, drawing at least 500 fibers at a spinning position, to facilitate the production of multiple products at the same time, the product has an individual of 20 to 200 pounds Batch and collect in a container, the batch is smaller than the batch of a single large Danni tow product; and provide at least one spinning position with a device for collecting and collecting the tow from at least 10 spinning positions into the container, To make a low denier tow product. 33. The method of claim 32, wherein the means for collecting and collecting the tow includes a bulk device or a winder. 34. The method of claim 32 in the scope of patent application, further comprising changing the characteristics of the product for at least one spinning position to make a low denier product, so that the characteristics of the product are different from other spinning positions on the spinning machine. 35. The method of claim 32, further comprising providing a device for processing the low-denier tow product from at least one spinning position to facilitate the conversion of the low-denier tow product into a spun yarn product. 36. The method according to item 35 of the scope of patent application, wherein the device for collecting and collecting tow includes a bulk device. 37. The method according to item 35 of the scope of patent application, wherein it is used for processing low Denis-95 -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) 束產物以利將之轉變成一紗線之裝置包含在至心口 拉伸斷裂纖維’及結合纖維以製成一紗線）、二區中 38. -種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗 法，孩万法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括在筒來入口 爽捏輥與出口夾捏輥之間之-斷裂區内斷裂連續性長 絲’出口夾捏輥各具有末端且其間設有—寬度其 由在產生-非連續性長絲纖維之斷裂區内増 ^ 度，纖維具有-緊密聚攏長絲之芯體及自芯體伸出之鬆 散長絲末端，斷裂區亦拉引纖維，及結合非連續性長絲 以製成一紗線，其中改良部分包含： … 在斷裂區内及鄰近之出口夾捏輥處聚攏鬆散長絲末端 及將其導引向纖維芯體，使得在芯體周側橫向中之鬆散 末端皆拘限於相距芯體中心呈一距離以内，該距離^大 於芯體中心至斷裂區出口輥各端之距離，以減少鬆散末 端纏繞於出口夾捏輥上；及 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於500條長絲。 39. —種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法，孩方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 區内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂所有連續性長 絲，藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區亦拉引纖 維，及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線， 纖維依循一大致筆直之路徑以通過各功能性區域，各功 -96- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公嫠) 六、申請專利範圍 能性區域路徑定義出—單元路徑向量，該向量 部於纖維行進方向中及—尾部，其中改良部分包“、 將通過功能性區域之纖維路徑配置成交疊狀，。 第一功能性區域内之一路栌南蚤#lls、災忏— 技出、„. 峪仫向里係與次一順序功能性區 内《一路徑向！呈尾部對尾部配置方式，其定義出一 =5與18〇度間之夾角，以造成製程之—緊密地 間；及 四倍之速度自製程抽出 少至任意紗線截面中少 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線&amp; 於500條長絲。 4〇·如申請專利範圍第3 9項夕+、上 , 矛貝又万法，其中斷裂區内之纖維路 徑：量係在-方向中延伸，及結合區内之纖維路徑向量 係又叠以在一相反於斷裂區内路徑大致180度之方向中延 伸。 礼-種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括在筒形入口 捏輥與出口夾捏輥之間之一第一斷裂區内斷裂所有連 貝f長、糸纟係藉由在產生_非連續性長絲纖維之斷裂 區内增加纖維速度，第-斷裂區包括拉引纖維，在筒形 入口夾捏輥與出口夾捏輥之間之一第二斷裂區内斷裂非 j續性長絲，其係藉由在第二斷裂區内增加纖維速度， 第二斷裂區包括拉引纖維，及結合非連續性長絲以製成 一紗線，其中改良部分包含·· 配置第斷裏區之出口處及第二斷裂區之入口與出口 __ -97- 本紙張尺闕轉^^_格(摩297— 507029 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 處之路徑，以利於將纖維接觸於一非導電性夾捏輥之 前，先將纖維接觸於一導電性夾捏輥，及藉由將纖維分 離於一導電性夾捏輥之前，先將纖維分離於一非導電性 夾捏輥，以利僅將纖維分離於一非導電性夾捏輥，藉此 當纖維通過夬捏輥時可減少生成靜電； 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於5 0 0條長絲。 42· -種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法，該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 區内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線，其中 改良部分包含： 進給至少二不同纖維至製程内，及在斷裂區内斷裂之 前先將之結合，纖維之差異為可由肉眼偵測出之視覺性 差異；及 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於500條長絲。 43.如申請專利範圍第4 2項之方法，其中纖維之間之差異係 顏色，在中性色以外之纖維顏色具有亮度大於9 〇 %，及 非中性色之纖維具有一至少2.0 CIELAB單位色差，亮度 及色差係依據ASTM委員會E12之標準E-284測量，以製 -98- 本紙張尺度適财g g家鮮(CNS) A4^格(21QX297公爱) ~ 一 507029 A8 B8 C8The device for bundling products to transform it into a yarn includes stretching the broken fibers to the heart's mouth and combining the fibers to make a yarn), 38. in a second zone-converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuities The filament yarn method and the Hawan method include a plurality of functional regions, including at least the break continuity filaments in the fracture zone between the inlet pinch roller and the outlet pinch roller. It is provided with a width of 増 ^ in the fracture area of the discontinuous filament fiber. The fiber has a core body that closely gathers the filament and a loose filament end protruding from the core body. The fracture area is also pulled. Fiber, and discontinuous filaments are combined to make a yarn, the improved part of which includes:… gathering the ends of the loose filaments in the fracture zone and adjacent exit pinch rollers and guiding them towards the fiber core, so that The loose ends in the lateral direction of the core are all limited to a distance from the center of the core, which is greater than the distance from the center of the core to the ends of the exit rollers in the fracture zone to reduce the loose ends entangled on the exit pinch roller. ; And a large Fiber input to the process speed four times faster than the self-extracting yarn path, so that the non-continuous filament yarn of any of the yarn cross-section is reduced to less than 500 filaments. 39. A method of converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns. The method includes a plurality of functional regions, including at least by increasing the fiber velocity in the fracture zone to break all of them in a fracture zone. Continuous filaments, thereby producing a discontinuous filament fiber, the fiber is also drawn in the fracture zone, and the discontinuous filaments are combined in a bonding zone to make a yarn, the fiber follows a generally straight path to Through each functional area, each power-96- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 cm). 6. The patent application scope defines the functional area path—the element path vector, which is part of the fiber travel. Mid-direction and tail—the improved part of the package “, will be folded through the fiber path configuration of the functional area. One of the first functional area is 栌 南南 栌 #lls 、 忏 — 出 出,„. 峪 仫Inwardly and in the next-order functional area, "One way! It is a tail-to-tail configuration, which defines an angle between 5 and 180 degrees to cause the manufacturing process to be closely spaced; and four times the speed of the homemade process to extract as little as any fiber cross section and less than one in the fiber. Input to the process speed yarn, making discontinuous filament yarns &amp; 500 filaments. 40. If the scope of the patent application is 39, +, upper, and shellfish, the fiber path in the fracture zone: the amount of the fiber path extends in the-direction, and the fiber path vector system in the combination zone is superimposed with It extends in a direction that is approximately 180 degrees opposite the path in the fault zone. Li-A method for converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns. The method includes a plurality of functional regions, including at least one of the first break zones between the cylindrical inlet pinch roller and the outlet pinch roller. Broken all the continuous f and long fibers by increasing the fiber velocity in the breaking zone where the discontinuous filament fibers are produced. The first breaking zone includes the drawn fiber, which is in the cylindrical inlet pinch roller and the outlet pinch roller. Non-continuous filaments are broken in the second fracture zone, which is made by increasing the fiber velocity in the second fracture zone. The second fracture zone includes drawing fibers and combining discontinuous filaments to make A yarn, the improved part of which includes the entrance and exit of the first break zone and the second break zone. __ -97- This paper is resized ^^ _ grid (Mo 297 — 507029 ABCD VI. Application The path in the patent scope is to facilitate the contact of the fiber with a conductive pinch roller before contacting the fiber with a non-conductive pinch roller, and the separation of the fiber with a conductive pinch roller before separating the fiber. The fibers are separated by a non-conductive pinch roller The fibers are separated by a non-conductive pinch roller, which can reduce the generation of static electricity when the fibers pass through the pinch roller. The yarn is drawn out at a speed greater than four times the fiber input to the process speed, making the discontinuous filament yarn The yarn is reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross section. 42 ·-A method of converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns, the method comprising a plurality of functional areas, including at least borrowing A discontinuous filament fiber is produced by increasing the fiber velocity in the fracture zone to break the continuous filament in a fracture zone. The fracture zone includes drawn fibers and a discontinuous filament is combined in a bonding zone. The silk is made into a yarn, and the improved part includes: feeding at least two different fibers into the process, and combining them before breaking in the fracture zone. The difference in the fibers is a visual difference that can be detected by the naked eye; and The yarn is drawn out at a speed greater than four times the fiber input to the process speed, so that the discontinuous filament yarn is reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross-section. The method of item 2, wherein the difference between the fibers is color, the color of the fiber other than the neutral color has a brightness of more than 90%, and the fiber of the non-neutral color has a color difference of at least 2.0 CIELAB units, and the brightness and color difference are based on Measured by ASTM Committee E12 Standard E-284, based on the system -98- This paper is suitable for gg home food (CNS) A4 ^ grid (21QX297 public love) ~ one 507029 A8 B8 C8 成一具有顏色明顯不同於二不同進給纖維顏色之紗線。 44. -種將連續性長絲,纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法，該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 ，内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線'，其中 改良部分包含： ' 二進給至少二不同纖維至製程内，及在斷裂區内斷裂之 前先將之結合，纖維之差異在於強度，且其中一纖維具 有10 gpd以上之強度及另一纖維具有小於8 gpd之強度了 及 &amp; 1 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於500條長絲。 45. —種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法，該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 區内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線，其中 改良部分包含： 進給至少二不同纖維至製程内，及在斷裂區内斷裂之 前先將之結合，纖維之差異在於聚合物之組合物，且其 中纖維係一鼠聚合物及另一纖維係一非氟聚合物；及 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 -99- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) A8 B8 C8 _______________D8 六、申請專利範® —----- 、V線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面 於500條長絲。 46· —種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法$方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 ，内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線，纖維 依循一路徑通過製程，其中改良部分包含： 在斷I區内斷裂纖維之前先進給一敏裙連續性長絲纖 維至製程内；及 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於500條長絲。 47·如申凊專利範圍第4 6項之方法，其中皺褶連續性長絲纖 維係選自由雙元素纖維及雙成分纖維組成之族群。 48. 如申請專利範圍第47項之方法，其中皺褶連續性長絲纖 維係一雙成分纖維，係由具有7〇:30與3 〇:7〇之間比率之 2GT與3GT組成。 49. 如申請專利範圍第4 6項之方法，進一步包含在斷裂區内 斷裂連續性長絲之前，加熱皺褶連續性長絲纖維到至少 l〇〇°C之溫度。 50·如申請專利範圍第4 9項之方法，進一步包含藉由在熱處 理區内增加纖維速度，以拉伸皺褶連續性長絲纖維。 51· —種將連績性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 -100- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A8 B8 C8Form a yarn with a color that is significantly different from two different feed fiber colors. 44. A method of converting continuous filaments and fibers into discontinuous filament yarns, the method comprising a plurality of functional regions, including at least by increasing the fiber velocity within the break, to break in a break zone Continuous filaments, thereby producing a discontinuous filament fiber, the broken region including drawn fibers, and the discontinuous filaments combined in a bonding region to make a yarn ', wherein the improved part includes: Feed at least two different fibers into the process and combine them before breaking in the fracture zone. The difference between the fibers is strength, and one of the fibers has a strength of more than 10 gpd and the other fiber has a strength of less than 8 gpd. &amp; 1 The yarn is drawn out at a speed greater than four times the fiber input to the process speed, so that the discontinuous filament yarn is reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross section. 45.-A method of converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns, the method comprising a plurality of functional regions, including at least by increasing the fiber velocity in the fracture zone to break the continuous fiber in a fracture zone The filaments are used to produce a discontinuous filament fiber, the fracture zone includes drawn fibers, and the discontinuous filaments are combined in a bonding zone to make a yarn, wherein the improved part comprises: feeding at least two Different fibers are combined into the process, and they are combined before breaking in the fracture zone. The difference between the fibers is the polymer composition, and the fiber is a rat polymer and the other fiber is a non-fluorine polymer; and More than four times the speed of fiber input to the process speed. -99- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) A8 B8 C8 _______________D8 VI. Patent Application ® ------- 、 V-line reduces the number of discontinuous filament yarns to 500 filaments with any yarn cross section. 46 · —A method for converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns. The method includes a plurality of functional regions, including at least by increasing the fiber velocity within the fracture to break the continuity in a fractured region. Filament, thereby producing a discontinuous filament fiber, the broken region includes drawn fibers, and the discontinuous filaments are combined in a bonding region to make a yarn, and the fiber follows a path through the process, and the improved part Including: firstly feeding a sensitive skirt continuous filament fiber into the manufacturing process before breaking the fiber in the zone I; and extracting the yarn at a speed greater than four times the fiber input to the processing speed to make the discontinuous filament yarn The thread is reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross section. 47. The method according to item 46 of the patent application, wherein the wrinkle continuous filament fiber is selected from the group consisting of bi-element fibers and bi-component fibers. 48. The method of claim 47, wherein the wrinkled continuous filament fiber is a bi-component fiber composed of 2GT and 3GT having a ratio between 7:30 and 30:70. 49. The method of claim 46, further comprising heating the wrinkled continuous filament fiber to a temperature of at least 100 ° C before breaking the continuous filament in the fracture zone. 50. The method of claim 49, further comprising stretching the pleated continuous filament fiber by increasing the fiber speed in the heat treatment zone. 51 · —A method for converting continuous filament fibers into discontinuous filament yarns -100- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8 法，該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 區内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線，其中 改良部分包含： 、 在第斷裂區之出口端處或之後，進給另一連續性長 絲纖維至製程内；及 以大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於5 0 0條長絲。 52·如申請專利範圍第5 i項之方法，其中另—連續性長絲纖 維具有一大於大約100%之斷裂伸長量，及一在5〇%伸展 量時至少30%之彈性恢復量。 53·如中請專利範圍第51項之方法’其中另—連續性長絲纖 維具有—小於1〇〇/0之斷裂伸長量，及—大於1〇咖之強 度。 54·如申請專利範圍第13項之方法，其中皺褶結構包各局部 拉伸或全部拉伸之雙元素長絲結構及雙成分長絲結 55· —種將連續性長絲纖維轉變成非連續性長絲紗線之方 法，該方法包含複數功能性區域，至少包括藉由在斷裂 ，内增加纖維速度，以在一斷裂區内斷裂連續性長絲， 藉此產生一非連續性長絲纖維，斷裂區包括拉引纖維， 及在一結合區内結合非連續性長絲以製成一紗線， 改良部分包含： ' -101 -Method comprising a plurality of functional regions, at least including breaking continuous filaments in a fracture region by increasing fiber velocity in the fracture region, thereby generating a discontinuous filament fiber, the fracture region including a pull Fiber, and combining discontinuous filaments in a bonding zone to make a yarn, wherein the improved part includes: at or after the exit end of the second fracture zone, feeding another continuous filament fiber into the process ; And the self-made drawing line at a speed greater than four times the fiber input to the process speed, so that discontinuous filament yarns are reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross section. 52. The method of claim 5i, wherein the continuous filament fiber has an elongation at break greater than about 100%, and an elastic recovery amount of at least 30% at 50% elongation. 53. The method according to item 51 of the patent application, wherein another-the continuous filament fiber has-an elongation at break of less than 100/0, and-a strength of more than 10 coffee. 54. The method according to item 13 of the patent application scope, wherein the wrinkled structure includes a bi-element filament structure and a bi-component filament knot that are partially stretched or fully stretched. Method for continuous filament yarns, the method comprising a plurality of functional regions, including at least by increasing the fiber velocity within the break, to break the continuous filaments in a break zone, thereby producing a discontinuous filament The fiber, the broken region includes drawn fibers, and the discontinuous filaments are combined in a bonding region to make a yarn. The improved part includes: '-101- 507029 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 進給至少二不同纖維至製程内，及在斷裂區内斷裂之 前先將之結合，纖維之差異在於每一長絲之丹尼，且其 中一纖維之每一長絲之丹尼係小於0.9及另一纖維之每一 長絲之丹尼係大於1.5 ;及 以一大於纖維輸入至製程速度四倍之速度自製程抽出 紗線，使得非連續性長絲紗線減少至任意紗線截面中少 於500條長絲。 -102- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)507029 A8 B8 C8 D8, the scope of patent application is to feed at least two different fibers into the process, and combine them before breaking in the fracture zone. The difference between the fibers lies in the denier of each filament and each of the The denier of the filament is less than 0.9 and the denier of each filament of the other fiber is greater than 1.5; The thread is reduced to less than 500 filaments in any yarn cross section. -102- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)
TW089111604A 1999-06-14 2000-06-29 Stretch break method and product TW507029B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13909699P 1999-06-14 1999-06-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW507029B true TW507029B (en) 2002-10-21

Family

ID=22485110

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW089111604A TW507029B (en) 1999-06-14 2000-06-29 Stretch break method and product

Country Status (12)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1255881B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2003519292A (en)
KR (1) KR100754706B1 (en)
CN (2) CN101311396A (en)
AR (1) AR024363A1 (en)
AU (1) AU5333000A (en)
BR (1) BR0012310A (en)
CA (1) CA2374110A1 (en)
DE (1) DE60025273T2 (en)
MX (1) MXPA01012911A (en)
TW (1) TW507029B (en)
WO (1) WO2000077283A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7036299B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2006-05-02 Invista North America S.A.R.L. Stretch polyster/cotton spun yarn
JP2006509927A (en) 2002-12-17 2006-03-23 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Yarn processing device control method
EP1522614A1 (en) * 2003-10-06 2005-04-13 Schärer Schweiter Mettler AG Device for producing synthetic staple yarns
EP1522613A1 (en) * 2003-10-06 2005-04-13 Schärer Schweiter Mettler AG Device for producing synthetic staple-yarns
KR20070095429A (en) * 2005-01-21 2007-09-28 이 아이 듀폰 디 네모아 앤드 캄파니 Staple yarn manufacturing process
CN100422406C (en) * 2005-05-12 2008-10-01 连云港鹰游纺机有限责任公司 Device for stretching and cutting two-to-sliver
EP1757718A1 (en) 2005-07-21 2007-02-28 SSM Schärer Schweiter Mettler AG Method and device for manufacturing a roving
EP1777326A1 (en) 2005-07-21 2007-04-25 SSM Schärer Schweiter Mettler AG Roving Bobbin
US8513146B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2013-08-20 Invista North America S.ár.l. Scalloped oval bicomponent fibers with good wicking, and high uniformity spun yarns comprising such fibers
EP1963039A4 (en) * 2005-11-16 2015-04-29 Ladama Llc Fire retardant compositions and methods and apparatuses for making the same
WO2007059510A2 (en) 2005-11-16 2007-05-24 Ladama, Llc Fire retardant compositions and methods and apparatuses for making the same
US9012339B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2015-04-21 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Multiaxial fabric for ballistic applications
US8051494B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2011-11-08 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Matrix free non-woven layer of polypyridazle short fiber
US8166569B1 (en) 2006-11-29 2012-05-01 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Multiaxial polyethylene fabric and laminate
US7819936B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2010-10-26 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Filter felts and bag filters comprising blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and heat resistant fibers
US7537831B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2009-05-26 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and modacrylic fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
US7955692B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2011-06-07 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Protective garment comprising fibers comprising copolymers containing structures derived from a plurality of amine monomers including 4,4′ diamino diphenyl sulfone
US7700191B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2010-04-20 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and high modulus fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
US7618707B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2009-11-17 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and modacrylic fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
US8166743B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2012-05-01 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Spun staple yarns made from blends of rigid-rod fibers and fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
US8133827B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2012-03-13 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Fibers comprising copolymers containing structures derived from 4,4 diamino diphenyl sulfone and a plurality of acid monomers and methods of making same
US7537830B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2009-05-26 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone, low thermal shrinkage fibers, flame resistant fibers, and antistatic fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
US7700190B2 (en) 2007-08-22 2010-04-20 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from diamino diphenyl sulfone and textile fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
CN101736445B (en) * 2008-11-21 2012-07-04 张家港市大成纺机有限公司 Drafting and snapping device
US20130212780A1 (en) 2010-12-16 2013-08-22 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Sulfonated polyoxadiazole polymers articles
EP2652012B1 (en) 2010-12-16 2015-01-21 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Preparation of sulfonated polyoxadiazole polymers
CN103314037A (en) 2010-12-16 2013-09-18 纳幕尔杜邦公司 Flame resistant spun staple yarns made from blends of fibers derived from sulfonated polyoxadiazole polymers
CN102181971B (en) * 2011-05-09 2012-07-04 东华大学 Medium-long spinning processing method for ramee and stretch-breaking equipment used in same
US8695319B2 (en) 2011-12-05 2014-04-15 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Yarns of polyoxadiazole and modacrylic fibers and fabrics and garments made therefrom and methods for making same
EP4032935A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2022-07-27 DuPont Industrial Biosciences USA, LLC Furan based polyamides
US9150693B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2015-10-06 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Preparation of sulfonated naphthalene polyoxadiazoles polymers
JP2015519464A (en) 2012-06-15 2015-07-09 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニーＥ．Ｉ．Ｄｕ Ｐｏｎｔ Ｄｅ Ｎｅｍｏｕｒｓ Ａｎｄ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Sulfonated naphthalene polyoxadiazole polymer
WO2013188328A1 (en) 2012-06-15 2013-12-19 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Sulfonated polyoxadiazole polymers articles
JP6112683B2 (en) 2012-06-15 2017-04-12 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニーＥ．Ｉ．Ｄｕ Ｐｏｎｔ Ｄｅ Ｎｅｍｏｕｒｓ Ａｎｄ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Flame retardant spun short fiber yarns made from blends of fibers obtained from sulfonated naphthalene polyoxadiazole polymers
KR102351348B1 (en) 2013-10-30 2022-01-17 이 아이 듀폰 디 네모아 앤드 캄파니 Sheets and fibrids comprising a mixture of poly(m-phenylene isophthalamide) and copolymer made from (6)-amino-2-(p-aminophenyl)benzimidazole
JP6438470B2 (en) 2013-10-30 2018-12-12 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニーＥ．Ｉ．Ｄｕ Ｐｏｎｔ Ｄｅ Ｎｅｍｏｕｒｓ Ａｎｄ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Fiber comprising a mixture of poly (m-phenylene isophthalamide) and a copolymer made from (6) -amino-2- (p-aminophenyl) benzimidazole
US9797070B1 (en) 2016-09-01 2017-10-24 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Intimate blends of carbon-containing and dyeable fibers
US10253437B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2019-04-09 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Lightweight fabrics containing carbon-containing aramid fiber blend including modacrylic fiber
US10982353B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2021-04-20 Dupont Safety & Construction, Inc. Carbon-containing aramid bicomponent filament yarns
US9598797B1 (en) 2016-09-01 2017-03-21 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Carbon-containing arc-resistant aramid fabrics from dissimilar yarns
US10590567B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2020-03-17 Dupont Safety & Construction, Inc. Carbon-containing modacrylic and aramid bicomponent filament yarns
US10253435B2 (en) 2016-09-01 2019-04-09 E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company Carbon-containing fiber blends including aramid and modacrylic fiber
CN110004550B (en) * 2019-05-15 2021-07-06 江南大学 Production method of filament and staple fiber blended yarn
CN111593478B (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-08-27 内蒙古隆通碳纤维技术有限公司 Asphalt-based general-grade carbon fiber needled felt and preparation method and application thereof
CN114059206B (en) * 2020-07-30 2023-03-10 郭俊荣 Yarn made of staple fibers obtained by stretching and controlled breaking of long fibers and products thereof
CN113862850A (en) * 2021-11-22 2021-12-31 重庆市纺织工业研究所有限责任公司 Production process for preparing yarn by utilizing PBO novel fiber
CN114232156B (en) * 2021-12-22 2023-03-14 江苏德力化纤有限公司 Preparation method of split-fiber aggregation-type polyester yarn
WO2023147257A1 (en) 2022-01-27 2023-08-03 Dupont Safety & Construction, Inc. Flame-resistant garments and fabrics with yarns comprising a polymer blend of meta-aramid and polyvinylpyrrolidone

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB843283A (en) * 1957-12-19 1960-08-04 Tmm Research Ltd Improvements in the production of staple yarns from continuous filaments
US3765978A (en) * 1971-07-08 1973-10-16 Textron Inc Method of making a low-friction fabric bearing
AU1239076A (en) * 1975-04-01 1977-09-29 Du Pont Direct spinning process
FR2322223A1 (en) * 1975-09-01 1977-03-25 Morganite Modmor Ltd Oxidised staple fibre prodn. - for subsequent conversion as yarn or fabric to carbon fibre reinforcement
EP0122949B1 (en) * 1983-04-21 1987-07-08 Teijin Limited Heat-durable spun-like fasciated yarn and method for producing the same
DE3926930A1 (en) * 1989-08-16 1991-02-21 Seydel Vermoegensverwaltung Synthetic fibre cable tearing converter - has structured transport cylinder and pressure roller speeds to prevent slip
CA2051856A1 (en) * 1991-02-22 1992-08-23 Mitsuo Matsumoto Short and long fiber composite yarn and process and apparatus for producing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE60025273D1 (en) 2006-02-02
WO2000077283A2 (en) 2000-12-21
CN100392163C (en) 2008-06-04
WO2000077283A3 (en) 2002-08-29
CN1561413A (en) 2005-01-05
EP1255881A2 (en) 2002-11-13
AU5333000A (en) 2001-01-02
DE60025273T2 (en) 2006-08-31
KR20020082101A (en) 2002-10-30
CN101311396A (en) 2008-11-26
BR0012310A (en) 2002-03-19
JP2003519292A (en) 2003-06-17
AR024363A1 (en) 2002-10-02
MXPA01012911A (en) 2002-09-02
KR100754706B1 (en) 2007-09-03
EP1255881B1 (en) 2005-12-28
CA2374110A1 (en) 2000-12-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW507029B (en) Stretch break method and product
EP1148159B1 (en) Multi-component yarn and method of making the same
US20060204753A1 (en) Stretch Break Method and Product
US20060150372A1 (en) Stretch break method, apparatus and product
US4196574A (en) Composite yarn and method of manufacture
JPS60246838A (en) Method and apparatus for producing blended spun yarn
JP5352618B2 (en) Manufacturing method of long and short composite yarn
US7083853B2 (en) Stretch break method and product
CN1004430B (en) Method for making blending yarn
JP6926667B2 (en) Bulky thread
JPS5911690B2 (en) Manufacturing method of stretchable composite yarn
JPS601414B2 (en) Untwisted spun yarn
JPS61146830A (en) Production of spun like two-layered structural feather yarn
JPH0248657B2 (en) SANSOKOZONOFUKUGOSHIOYOBISONOSEIZOHOHO
JPS5924207B2 (en) Method for manufacturing alternately twisted yarn
AU2004214548B2 (en) Multi-component Yarn and Method of Making the Same
EP1609891A2 (en) Stretch break method and product
JPS627291B2 (en)
JP3137681B2 (en) How to cut fiber bundle
EP1675980A1 (en) Yarn
JP2012193484A (en) Method for producing heat-generating machine sewing thread
JPH0323657B2 (en)
JPS5930818B2 (en) Spun yarn products and their manufacturing equipment
JPS6119732B2 (en)
JPS6229534B2 (en)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees